MichaelAgarkov/nano-7.2
MichaelAgarkov/nano-7.2
Archived
1
1
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Activity

nano 7.2 source code

Browse source 
https://nano-editor.org/
This commit is contained in:
Михаил Агарков 2024-04-23 16:03:09 +03:00
commit 5cee127618
673 changed files with 351970 additions and 0 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

1282
ABOUT-NLS Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

77
AUTHORS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
This file lists people who have made significant contributions to the
nano editor. Please see the ChangeLog for specific changes by author.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Chris Allegretta <chrisa@asty.org>
* Original program author and long-time maintainer.
Benno Schulenberg <bensberg@telfort.nl>
* An array of small bug fixes, the cut-word and block-jump
routines, text selection by holding Shift, macro recording
and replay, extra key bindings, the --indicator, --minibar,
and --zero options, and braced functions in string binds.
Current maintainer.
David Lawrence Ramsey <pooka109@gmail.com>
* Former stable series maintainer. Multiple buffer support,
operating dir (-o) option, bug fixes for display routines,
wrapping code, spelling fixes, constantshow mode, parts of
UTF-8 support, softwrap overhaul, undoable (un)indentations,
undoable justifications, justifiable regions, and numerous
other fixes.
Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org>
* Debian package maintainer, fellow bug squasher.
* Internationalization support head, ca.po maintainer.
Adam Rogoyski <rogoyski@cs.utexas.edu>
* New write_file() function, read_file() optimization, mouse
support, resize support, nohelp (-x) option, justify function,
follow symlink option and bugfixes, and much more.
Robert Siemborski <rjs3@andrew.cmu.edu>
* Miscellaneous cut, display, replace, and other bug fixes,
original and new "magic line" code, read_line() function,
new edit display routines.
Rocco Corsi <rocco.corsi@sympatico.ca>
* Internal spelling code, many optimizations and bug fixes for
findnextstr() and search-related functions, various display
and file handling fixes.
David Benbennick <dbenbenn@math.cornell.edu>
* Wrap and justify bugfixes/enhancements, new color syntax
code, memleak fixes, parts of the UTF-8 support, and other
miscellaneous fixes.
Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
* Gentoo package maintainer. Whitespace display mode,
--enable-utf8/--disable-utf8 configure options for ncurses,
many new color regexes and improvements to existing color
regexes in syntax/*.nanorc, the move from svn to git, the
conversion to gnulib, and miscellaneous bug fixes.
Mark Majeres <mark@engine12.com>
* A functional undo/redo system, and coloring nano's interface.
Mahyar Abbaspour <mahyar.abaspour@gmail.com>
* Improved handling of SIGWINCH.
Mike Scalora <mike@scalora.org>
* The comment/uncomment feature.
Faissal Bensefia <faissaloo@gmail.com>
* Line numbers.
Sumedh Pendurkar <sumedh.pendurkar@gmail.com>
* The word-completion feature.
Rishabh Dave <rishabhddave@gmail.com>
* Searchable help.
Marco Diego Aurélio Mesquita <marcodiegomesquita@gmail.com>
* Filtering text through an external command.
* Placing anchors (bookmarks) and jumping to them.
Brand Huntsman <alpha@qzx.com>
* The delayed parsing of syntax files.

676
COPYING Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

397
COPYING.DOC Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
GNU Free Documentation License
Version 1.2, November 2002
Copyright (C) 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
0. PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
work under the conditions stated herein. The "Document", below,
refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
licensee, and is addressed as "you". You accept the license if you
copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
under copyright law.
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a
textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
Sections then there are none.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
represented in a format whose specification is available to the
general public, that is suitable for revising the document
straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
of text. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of
transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats
include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
processing tools are not generally available, and the
machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word
processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document whose
title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
specific section name mentioned below, such as "Acknowledgements",
"Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".) To "Preserve the Title"
of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
section "Entitled XYZ" according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
no effect on the meaning of this License.
2. VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
you may publicly display copies.
3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
a computer-network location from which the general network-using
public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
4. MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
unless they release you from this requirement.
C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
Modified Version, as the publisher.
D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
adjacent to the other copyright notices.
F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title, and add
to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
there is no section Entitled "History" in the Document, create one
stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
Version as stated in the previous sentence.
J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section.
You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all
the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
and/or dedications given therein.
L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
may not be included in the Modified Version.
N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled "Endorsements"
or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled "History"
in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
"History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled "Acknowledgements",
and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections
Entitled "Endorsements".
6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the copyright
resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
aggregate.
8. TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
the original English version of this License and the original versions
of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
"Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
title.
9. TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to
copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
the License in the document and put the following copyright and
license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
Free Documentation License".
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the
Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
to permit their use in free software.

5224
ChangeLog Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

217
IMPROVEMENTS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
Improvements in GNU nano
========================
Since 7.0:
- String binds may contain bindable function names between braces.
- Word completion looks for candidates in all open buffers.
- Unicode codes can be entered without leading zeroes.
Since 6.0:
- Option --zero hides the interface and uses the whole terminal for editing.
- Colors can be given also in #rgb hexadecimal, to select the nearest color
from the 6x6x6 color-cube palette available on 256-color terminals.
- Fourteen new color names are available, from rosy to crimson.
Since 5.0:
- A search briefly spotlights the found text, in black on yellow by default.
- Option --minibar reduces the interface to a bottom bar with basic info.
- The cursor skips over combining characters, <Del> deletes them together
with the character they combine with, but <Bsp> deletes them separately.
- For using libmagic the option --magic or -! or 'set magic' is required.
- With --stateflags the state of some things is shown in the title bar.
- M-Bsp deletes a word leftward.
- With --indicator a "scrollbar" is shown, indicating position+portion.
- M-Ins places an anchor, M-PgUp/M-PgDn jump to the nearest anchor.
- Toggling help lines (M-X) and Refresh (^L) work nearly everywhere.
- Colors can be modified with the attributes "bold," and/or "italic,".
- Nine new color names: from pink and purple to orange and latte.
Since 4.0:
- Pasting from outside into nano suppresses auto-indentation.
- Such an external paste can be undone with a single M-U.
- Shift+Meta+letter key combos can be bound with 'bind Sh-M-letter ...'.
- A custom nanorc file may be specified with -f / --rcfile.
- What the <Tab> key produces can be specified per syntax with 'tabgives'.
- The ability to perform a search at startup with +/string or +?string.
- Comment characters are copied when automatic hard-wrapping occurs.
- The ability to both read from and write to a FIFO.
- Automatic hard-wrapping is no longer the default.
- Addition of --guidestripe to draw a helpful vertical bar.
- Meta-Up and Meta-Down scroll the screen linewise.
- Continuation is shown with a highlighted ">" instead of a plain "$".
- A marked region gets justified into a single, separate paragraph.
- Any number of justifications can be undone.
Since 3.0:
- Addition of --zap to make <Del> and <Bsp> obliterate marked text.
- <Ctrl+Delete> wipes next word and <Shift+Ctrl+Delete> preceding word.
- An external spell check can be undone.
Since 2.9.0:
- The ability to filter text through an external command.
- Better detection of paragraphs, allowing a less indented beginning.
- Option 'set afterends' for making Ctrl+Right stop at word ends.
- A crash handler that saves changed buffers in case of a crash.
- Addition of the color name "normal", meaning the default color.
- A key can be bound to a string -- any mix of text and control codes.
- Error messages are shown by default in bright white on red.
- <Tab> and <Shift+Tab> can be used to indent/unindent a marked region.
- Can snip trailing whitespace while typing, with 'set trimblanks'.
- The ability to record and replay a series of keystrokes (a macro).
- Assigned functions to ^S (save file) and ^Q (start backward search).
- Indenting and unindenting have been integrated into the undo system.
- Support for $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the nanorc file, and $XDG_DATA_HOME
for the history files (of search strings and cursor positions).
Since 2.8.0:
- ^U pastes the first line of the cutbuffer at a prompt.
- Softwrapping can be done at whitespace (with --soft --atblanks).
- The ^G help texts have become searchable (with ^W and M-W).
- Ctrl+Home and Ctrl+End jump to start and end of file.
- In softwrap mode the cursor now moves per visual row instead of
per logical line, and the screen will scroll per row.
Since 2.7.0:
- The keystroke ^] to complete a fragment to an existing full word.
- The ability to display line numbers in front of the text (M-#).
Since 2.6.0:
- Shift plus the cursor keys can be used for selecting text.
- Ctrl+Arrow should now work also on a Linux virtual console.
- Ctrl+Up and Ctrl+Down jump to previous or next block of text.
- Feedback during Unicode Input (M-V followed by six digits).
- The option 'wordchars' for specifying extra word characters.
- Hi-bit control characters are shown in a more readable manner.
- The ability to use negative numbers at the Go To Line prompt.
- The ability to comment/uncomment lines with a single keystroke (M-3).
- The ability to refresh the file list in the browser (^L).
- The ability to abort re-searches (^C after an M-W).
- Better feedback at startup when opening large or multiple files.
Since 2.5.0:
- The option 'justifytrim' for snipping whitespace from justified lines.
- The ability to discard a buffer (^O ^Q) when --tempfile is used.
- On most terminals Ctrl+Left / Ctrl+Right now work for PrevWord/NextWord.
- When in the middle of a word, PrevWord now jumps to the start of this
word (like Pico does) instead of to the start of the preceding word.
- The ability to delete whole words with 'cutwordleft' and 'cutwordright'.
- The ability to save a file without prompting for its name ('savefile').
- The ability to search backward without having to toggle the direction.
Since 2.4.0:
- Replacing things in a marked region now takes place in situ, in context,
instead of changing the view to only the marked text.
- Invalid byte sequences are properly displayed and not mistakenly found.
- Resizing the window does not exit from help viewer nor file browser.
Since 2.3.0:
- System syntaxes can be improved upon with the 'extendsyntax' command.
- Whitespace display (M-P) does not require configuration to be useful.
- Undo/redo is enabled by default (M-U/M-E) and works nearly everywhere
-- just not yet for justifying and indenting/unindenting.
- The ability to color the title bar, the status bar and the help lines.
- The ability to run a linter or formatter (^T) on the current buffer.
- The ability to only write to named pipes with --noread.
- Determination of the applicable syntax through libmagic -- when the
file extension nor the first line give an answer.
- The option 'positionlog' for saving/restoring the cursor position.
- The ability to read and write vim-style lock files.
Since 2.0.0:
- The ability to rebind keys, via a nanorc file.
- The ability to read standard input like a pager ("nano -").
- Color syntax highlighting can be set by the first line of a file.
- The ability to silence nanorc error messages (-q).
- Undo/redo operations (M-U/M-E, enabled with -u).
- Soft wrapping of text (-$).
- Better handling of backup files: if nano can't write a backup file,
it won't try to write the original file afterward.
- Emergency savefiles retain ownerships and permissions when possible.
- Performance improvements in color syntax highlighting.
Since 1.2.0:
- Support for UTF-8.
- Moving to a specified line and column of a file, instead of just a
line (+LINE,COLUMN).
- Smart home key (-A).
- Creation of unique backup files in a specified directory (-C <dir>).
- Insertion of spaces instead of a tab when Tab is pressed (-E).
- The long option for -K is now --rebindkeypad.
- Regular expression searching can now be toggled when nano is built
with --enable-tiny, so -R now means something else (see next item).
- Restricted mode that provides more security than -o (-R).
- Blanking of the statusbar after 1 keystroke instead of 25 (-U).
- Word searches can optionally skip over punctuation (-W).
- Workaround for Delete's acting like Backspace (-d).
- Many more options are supported in the nanorc.
- Improvements to color syntax highlighting support: case insensitive
matching, the ability to include color syntaxes in separate files,
the ability to specify background colors without foreground colors...
- Insertion of single-byte characters via Esc Esc <000-255>.
- Insertion of any character via Meta-V, "Verbatim Input".
- Workaround for the "NumLock glitch".
- Meta-W now repeats the last search. Wrapping is toggled via Meta-L.
- Replacing and spell checking only selected text.
- Indenting lines with one keystroke.
- Copying text into the cutbuffer without cutting it.
- Scrolling the text up and down single lines without moving the cursor.
- PageUp and PageDown work more smoothly when using -S.
- Scrolling the help text up and down single lines.
- Cutting all text from the current position to the end of the file
with one keystroke (Meta-T).
- Justifying the entire file with one keystroke (Meta-J).
- Justifying without removing spaces from the ends of lines.
- Unjustifying after justifying and immediately resizing.
- Going to the first or last line of the current paragraph.
- Going to the first or last line of the file without having to go to
the "Search" prompt.
- Searching for filenames in the file browser.
- Spaces and tabs are shown differently to make it easier to tell them apart.
- Many more functions are available at the prompt: moving to the next or
previous word, searching for matching brackets, "Verbatim Input"...
- "To Line" (^W^T) and "Read from Command" (^R^X) return to their parent
menu when their keystroke is entered again (^W^T^T and ^R^X^X).
- Automatic adding of newlines to the ends of files without them can
now be disabled (-L).
- Converting from and to DOS/Mac file format is now toggled only at the
"Write File" prompt, via Meta-D and Meta-M, and the default file format
to save in is now set depending on what format the file was originally
in. -D now makes nano use bold text instead of reverse video text,
and Meta-D at the edit window now does a word/line/character count.
-O now makes the unused second line of the screen part of the edit
window, and Meta-O now toggles this behavior while editing.
- Converting files that contain a mix of DOS and Mac format lines.
- Automatic switching on of -N with binary files has been removed, as
it causes problems with UTF-8 support.
Since 1.0
- Complete Pico compatibility (option --pico has been removed,
and -p now means something else, see below).
- Support for nanorc files.
- Smooth scrolling (-S).
- Jumping to the matching brace, bracket, etc.
- Help for all editor features.
- Color syntax highlighting support.
- Quote string support, useful for mail agents, etc. (-Q).
- Insertion of output of external commands.
- Optional enabling of XON and XOFF control characters (-p).
- Option -o (--operatingdir) implements a chroot of sorts.
- Mouse support (-m) also allows clicking on shortcuts.
- Option -r allows a negative argument.
- Overwriting and appending or prepending to files.
- Writing marked text to separate files.
- Multiple file buffers (-F).
- Converting from and to DOS/Mac file format (-D/-M, -N to disable).
- Better control character handling.
- Creation of backup files (-B).
- Search/replace history (-H).
Available in 1.0:
- Spell checking (^T).
- Justification (^J) and unjustification (^U).
- Internationalization (more translations are welcome).
- Help texts (^G).
- Resizing in X.
- On PageUp/Down, the cursor is put on the first screen line (like Pico).
- Tab completion at the prompt (for filenames and ~user).
- Cut-to-end-of-line option (-k).

368
INSTALL Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging 'configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
'./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their
prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its '<wchar.h>' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
'configure' Invocation
======================
'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
'--help'
'-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
'--help=short'
'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
present in any nested packages.
'--version'
'-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
'--config-cache'
'-C'
Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
'--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
installation locations.
'--no-create'
'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
'configure --help' for more details.

17
Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu no-dependencies
SUBDIRS = doc lib m4 po src
if USE_COLOR
SUBDIRS += syntax
endif
EXTRA_DIST = IMPROVEMENTS
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
showinfo:
@ echo
@ echo " The global nanorc file is: @sysconfdir@/nanorc"
@ echo " Syntaxes get installed in: @PKGDATADIR@/"
@ echo

2209
Makefile.in Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2153
NEWS Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

122
README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
GNU nano -- a simple editor, inspired by Pico
Purpose
Nano is a small and simple text editor for use on the terminal.
It copied the interface and key bindings of the Pico editor but
added several missing features: undo/redo, syntax highlighting,
line numbers, softwrapping, multiple buffers, selecting text by
holding Shift, search-and-replace with regular expressions, and
several other conveniences.
Appearance
In rough ASCII graphics, this is what nano's screen looks like:
____________________________________________________________________
| GNU nano 7.2 filename Modified |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| This is the text window, displaying the contents of a 'buffer', |
| the contents of the file you are editing. |
| |
| The top row of the screen is the 'title bar'; it shows nano's |
| version, the name of the file, and whether you modified it. |
| The two bottom rows display the most important shortcuts; in |
| those lines ^ means Ctrl. The third row from the bottom shows |
| some feedback message, or gets replaced with a prompt bar when |
| you tell nano to do something that requires extra input. |
| |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
| [ Some status message ] |
|^G Help ^O Write Out ^W Where Is ^K Cut ^T Execute |
|^X Exit ^R Read File ^\ Replace ^U Paste ^J Justify |
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Origin
The nano project was started in 1999 because of a few "problems"
with the wonderfully easy-to-use and friendly Pico text editor.
First and foremost was its license: the Pine suite does not use
the GPL, and (before using the Apache License) it had unclear
restrictions on redistribution. Because of this, Pine and Pico
were not included in many GNU/Linux distributions. Furthermore,
some features (like go-to-line-number or search-and-replace) were
unavailable for a long time or require a command-line flag. Yuck.
Nano aimed to solve these problems by: 1) being truly free software
by using the GPL, 2) emulating the functionality of Pico as closely
as is reasonable, and 3) including extra functionality by default.
Nowadays, nano wants to be a generally useful editor with sensible
defaults (linewise scrolling, no automatic line breaking).
The nano editor is an official GNU package. For more information on
GNU and the Free Software Foundation, please see https://www.gnu.org/.
License
Nano's code and documentation are covered by the GPL version 3 or
(at your option) any later version, except for two functions that
were copied from busybox which are under a BSD license. Nano's
documentation is additionally covered by the GNU Free Documentation
License version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version. See the
files COPYING and COPYING.DOC for the full text of these licenses.
When in any file of this package a copyright notice mentions a
year range (such as 1999-2011), it is a shorthand for a list of
all the years in that interval.
How to compile and install nano
Download the latest nano source tarball, and then:
tar -xvf nano-x.y.tar.gz
cd nano-x.y
./configure
make
make install
You will need the header files of ncurses installed for ./configure
to succeed -- get them from libncurses-dev (Debian) or ncurses-devel
(Fedora) or a similarly named package. Use --prefix with ./configure
to override the default installation directory of /usr/local.
After installation you may want to copy the doc/sample.nanorc file
to your home directory, rename it to ".nanorc", and then edit it
according to your taste.
Web Page
https://nano-editor.org/
Mailing Lists
There are three nano-related mailing-lists.
* <info-nano@gnu.org> is a very low traffic list used to announce
new nano versions or other important info about the project.
* <help-nano@gnu.org> is for those seeking to get help without
wanting to hear about the technical details of its development.
* <nano-devel@gnu.org> is the list used by the people that make nano
and a general development discussion list, with moderate traffic.
To subscribe, send email to <name>-request@gnu.org with a subject
of "subscribe", where <name> is the list you want to subscribe to.
The archives of the development and help mailing lists are here:
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/nano-devel/
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/help-nano/
Bug Reports
If you find a bug, please file a detailed description of the problem
on nano's issue tracker: https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano
(you will need an account to be able to do so), or send an email
to the nano-devel list (no need to subscribe, but mention it if
you want to be CC'ed on an answer).

106
THANKS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
The following people have helped GNU nano in some way or another.
If we missed you here, let us know!
Translations:
============
Pedro Albuquerque <palbuquerque73@gmail.com> Portuguese
Josef Andersson <josef.andersson@fripost.org> Swedish
Mario Blättermann <mario.blaettermann@gmail.com> German
Besnik Bleta <besnik@programeshqip.org> Albanian
Laurențiu Buzdugan <buzdugan@voyager.net> Romanian
Ricardo Cárdenes Medina <ricardo@conisys.com> Spanish
Antonio Ceballos <aceballos@gmail.com> Spanish
Wei-Lun CHAO <chaoweilun@pcmail.com.tw> Chinese (traditional)
Seong-ho Cho <darkcircle.0426@gmail.com> Korean
Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> Ukrainian
Marco Colombo <magicdice@inwind.it> Italian
Mihai Cristescu <mihai.cristescu@archlinux.info> Romanian
Yavor Doganov <yavor@doganov.org> Bulgarian
Karl Eichwalder <keichwa@gmx.net> German
A. Murat EREN <meren@comu.edu.tr> Turkish
Sveinn í Felli <sv1@fellsnet.is> Icelandic
Marek Felšöci <marek@felsoci.sk> Slovak
Doruk Fisek <dfisek@fisek.com.tr> Turkish
Rafael Fontenelle <rffontenelle@gmail.com> Brazilian Portuguese
Pavel Fric <pavelfric@seznam.cz> Czech
Jorge González <aloriel@gmail.com> Spanish
Jean-Philippe Guérard <jean-philippe.guerard@laposte.net> French
Václav Haisman <V.Haisman@sh.cvut.cz> Czech
Takeshi Hamasaki <hmatrjp@users.sourceforge.jp> Japanese
Geir Helland <pjallabais@users.sourceforge.net> Norwegian Bokmål
Tedi Heriyanto <tedi_h@gmx.net> Indonesian
Kjetil Torgrim Homme <kjetilho@linpro.no> Norwegian Nynorsk
Szabolcs Horvath <horvaths@janus.gimsz.sulinet.hu> Hungarian
Jorma Karvonen <karvonen.jorma@gmail.com> Finnish
Mehmet Kececi <mkececi@mehmetkececi.com> Turkish
Gabor Kelemen <kelemeng@gnome.hu> Hungarian
Kalle Kivimaa <kalle.kivimaa@iki.fi> Finnish
Eivind Kjørstad <ekj@vestdata.no> Norwegian Nynorsk
Florian König <floki@bigfoot.com> German
Klemen Košir <klemen913@gmail.com> Slovenian
Wojciech Kotwica <wkotwica@post.pl> Polish
Clement Laforet <clem_laf@wanadoo.fr> French
Ask Hjorth Larsen <asklarsen@gmail.com> Danish
LI Daobing <lidaobing@gmail.com> Chinese (simplified)
Jordi Mallach <jordi@gnu.org> Catalan
João Victor Duarte Martins <jvdm@sdf.lonestar.org> Brazilian Portuguese
Pavel Maryanov <acid@jack.kiev.ua> Russian
Daniele Medri <madrid@linux.it> Italian
Gergely Nagy <algernon@debian.org> Hungarian
Claudio Neves <cneves@nextis.com> Brazilian Portuguese
Kalle Olavi Niemitalo <kon@iki.fi> Finnish
Мирослав Николић <miroslavnikolic@rocketmail.com> Serbian
Lauri Nurmi <lanurmi@iki.fi> Finnish
Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se> Swedish
Mikel Olasagasti <hey_neken@mundurat.net> Basque
Yi-Jyun Pan <pan93412@gmail.com> Chinese (traditional)
Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de> German
Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org> Polish
Božidar Putanec <bozidarp@yahoo.com> Croatian
Trần Ngọc Quân <vnwildman@gmail.com> Vietnamese
Sharuzzaman Ahmat Raslan <sharuzzaman@excite.com> Malay
Sergey A. Ribalchenko <fisher@obu.ck.ua> Ukrainian and Russian
Michel Robitaille <robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA> French
Christian Rose <menthos@menthos.com> Swedish
Dimitriy Ryazantcev <DJm00n@mail.ru> Russian
Stig E Sandø <stig@ii.uib.no> Norwegian Bokmål
Kevin Patrick Scannell <kscanne@gmail.com> Irish
Benno Schulenberg <benno@vertaalt.nl> Dutch and Esperanto
Danilo Segan <dsegan@gmx.net> Serbian
Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au> Vietnamese
Keld Simonsen <keld@dkuug.dk> Danish
Guus Sliepen <guus@nl.linux.org> Dutch
Cezary Sliwa <sliwa@cft.edu.pl> Polish
Johnny A. Solbu <johnny@solbu.net> Norwegian Bokmål
Pierre Tane <tanep@bigfoot.com> French
Yasuaki Taniguchi <yasuakit@gmail.com> Japanese
Jacobo Tarrío <jtarrio@trasno.net> Galician
Andika Triwidada <andika@gmail.com> Indonesian
Francisco Javier Tsao Santín <tsao@members.fsf.org> Galician
Balázs Úr <urbalazs@gmail.com> Hungarian
Miquel Vidal <miquel@sindominio.net> Catalan
Phan Vinh Thinh <teppi82@gmail.com> Vietnamese
Pauli Virtanen <pauli.virtanen@saunalahti.fi> Finnish
Aron Xu <happyaron.xu@gmail.com> Chinese (simplified)
Boyuan Yang <073plan@gmail.com> Chinese (simplified)
Peio Ziarsolo <peio@sindominio.net> Basque
Anton Zinoviev <zinoviev@debian.org> Bulgarian
Other stuff:
===========
Ben Armstrong <synrg@sanctuary.nslug.ns.ca> Negative -r value idea, code
Thomas Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com> Curses help and advice
Kamil Dudka <kdudka@redhat.com> Several small bug fixes
Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de> Advice and advocacy
Thijs Kinkhorst <thijs@kinkhorst.com> rnano.1 manpage
Jim Knoble <jmknoble@pobox.com> Pico compat for browser
Ryan Krebs <fluffy@highwire.stanford.edu> Many bug fixes and testing
Roy Lanek <lanek@ranahminang.net> Advice and advocacy
Chuck Mead <csm@MoonGroup.com> Feedback and RPM stuff
Mike Melanson <melanson@pcisys.net> Bug reports
Neil Parks <nparks@acsmail.com> Bug reports and fixes
Jeremy Robichaud <robicj@yahoo.com> Beta tester
Bill Soudan <wes0472@rit.edu> Regex code, etc
Ken Tyler <kent@werple.net.au> Search fixes and more

5
TODO Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
For a list of open bugs and requested features see:
https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano

1622
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

348
compile Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/* | msys/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

1480
config.guess vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2385
config.h.in Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

690
config.rpath Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
nagfor*)
wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
wl=
;;
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd2.2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
freebsd2*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
case "$host_os" in
freebsd[123]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
esac
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
haiku*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
tpf*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF

1801
config.sub vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

44440
configure vendored Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

600
configure.ac Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
# Configuration for GNU nano - a small and user-friendly text editor
#
# Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Copyright (C) 2014, 2017 Mike Frysinger
#
# GNU nano is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License,
# or (at your option) any later version.
#
# GNU nano is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
# of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
# See the GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
AC_INIT([GNU nano], [7.2], [nano-devel@gnu.org], [nano])
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/nano.c])
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.14])
AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([enable])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
dnl Make sure the ONCE macros are available.
AC_PREREQ([2.69])
dnl Lie about gnulib features we don't use to speed up & shrink down.
gl_cv_func_printf_directive_n=yes
gl_cv_func_printf_infinite_long_double=yes
gl_cv_func_printf_long_double=yes
gl_cv_func_snprintf_directive_n=yes
gl_cv_glob_lists_symlinks=yes
dnl Checks for programs.
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
AC_PROG_CC
gl_EARLY
gl_INIT
AC_PROG_LN_S
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
dnl Internationalization macros.
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18.3])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NLS, test x$USE_NLS = xyes)
dnl Data location.
pkgdatadir=${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
AC_DEFINE_DIR([PKGDATADIR], [pkgdatadir], [Where data are placed to.])
dnl Whether this is a git repository.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether building from git])
if test -f "$srcdir/roll-a-release.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
from_git=yes
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
from_git=no
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(BUILDING_FROM_GIT, test x$from_git = xyes)
dnl Checks for pkg-config and gettext when building from git.
if test x$from_git = xyes; then
if test ! -f $(aclocal --print-ac-dir)/pkg.m4; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** The pkg.m4 macros are missing.
*** The pkg-config package needs to be installed when building from git.
*** After fixing this problem, rerun ./autogen.sh.])
fi
if test "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" = ":"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** The msgfmt program is missing.
*** The gettext package needs to be installed when building from git.])
fi
fi
dnl Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(libintl.h limits.h pwd.h termios.h sys/param.h)
dnl Checks for options.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(browser,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-browser], [Disable the built-in file browser]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_browser" != xyes; then
enable_browser=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_browser" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_BROWSER, 1, [Define this to enable the built-in file browser.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(color,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-color], [Disable color and syntax highlighting]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_color" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-color needs --enable-nanorc to work])
fi
else
enable_color=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_nanorc" = xno; then
if test "x$enable_color" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-color cannot work with --disable-nanorc])
else
# Disabling nanorc silently disables color support.
enable_color=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_color" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COLOR, 1, [Define this to have syntax highlighting.])
color_support=yes
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(comment,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-comment], [Disable the comment/uncomment function]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_comment" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-comment cannot work with --enable-tiny])
else
enable_comment=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_comment" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_COMMENT, 1, [Define this to enable the comment/uncomment function.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(extra,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-extra], [Disable the Easter egg]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_extra" != xyes; then
enable_extra=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_extra" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_EXTRA, 1, [Define this to have an Easter egg.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(formatter,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-formatter], [Disable the formatting tool]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_formatter" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_color" != xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-formatter needs both --enable-color and --enable-nanorc to work])
fi
else
enable_formatter=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
if test "x$enable_formatter" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-formatter cannot work with --disable-color nor --disable-nanorc])
else
enable_formatter=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_formatter" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_FORMATTER, 1, [Define this to have access to a formatter.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(help,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-help], [Disable the built-in help texts]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_help" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-help needs --enable-multibuffer to work])
fi
else
enable_help=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_multibuffer" = xno; then
if test "x$enable_help" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-help cannot work with --disable-multibuffer])
else
# Disabling multibuffer silently disables the help texts.
enable_help=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_help" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_HELP, 1, [Define this to enable the Ctrl+G help texts.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(histories,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-histories], [Disable search and position histories]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_histories" != xyes; then
enable_histories=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_histories" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_HISTORIES, 1, [Define this to have search and position histories.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(justify,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-justify], [Disable the justify/unjustify functions]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_justify" != xyes; then
enable_justify=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_justify" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_JUSTIFY, 1, [Define this to have the routines for justifying.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(libmagic,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-libmagic], [Disable detection of file types via libmagic]))
if test "x$enable_libmagic" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_color" != xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-libmagic needs both --enable-color and --enable-nanorc to work])
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-libmagic cannot work with --disable-color nor --disable-nanorc])
fi
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(linter,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-linter], [Disable the linting tool]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_linter" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_color" != xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-linter needs both --enable-color and --enable-nanorc to work])
fi
else
enable_linter=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_color" = xno; then
if test "x$enable_linter" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-linter cannot work with --disable-color nor --disable-nanorc])
else
enable_linter=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_linter" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LINTER, 1, [Define this to have access to a linter.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(linenumbers,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-linenumbers], [Disable line numbering]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xyes; then
enable_linenumbers=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_linenumbers" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_LINENUMBERS, 1, [Define this to enable line numbering.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(mouse,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-mouse], [Disable mouse support]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_mouse" != xyes; then
enable_mouse=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_mouse" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_MOUSE, 1, [Define this to enable mouse support.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(multibuffer,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-multibuffer], [Disable multiple file buffers]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xyes; then
enable_multibuffer=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_multibuffer" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_MULTIBUFFER, 1, [Define this to enable multiple file buffers.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nanorc,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-nanorc], [Disable the use of .nanorc files]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xyes; then
enable_nanorc=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_nanorc" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NANORC, 1, [Define this to enable the use of .nanorc files.])
nanorc_support=yes
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(operatingdir,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-operatingdir], [Disable the setting of an operating directory]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_operatingdir" != xyes; then
enable_operatingdir=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_operatingdir" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_OPERATINGDIR, 1, [Define this to allow setting an operating directory (a chroot of sorts).])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(speller,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-speller], [Disable the spell-checking tool]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_speller" != xyes; then
enable_speller=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_speller" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_SPELLER, 1, [Define this to have access to a spell checker.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(tabcomp,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-tabcomp], [Disable the tab-completion functions]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_tabcomp" != xyes; then
enable_tabcomp=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_tabcomp" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_TABCOMP, 1, [Define this to have tab completion for filenames and search strings.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(wordcomp,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wordcomp], [Disable the word-completion function]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_wordcomp" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** --enable-wordcomp cannot work with --enable-tiny])
else
enable_wordcomp=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_wordcomp" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_WORDCOMPLETION, 1, [Define this to enable the word-completion function.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(wrapping,
AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-wrapping], [Disable all hard-wrapping of text]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
if test "x$enable_wrapping" != xyes; then
enable_wrapping=no
fi
fi
if test "x$enable_wrapping" != xno; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_WRAPPING, 1, [Define this to have hard text wrapping.])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [Enable debugging (disabled by default)]))
if test "x$enable_debug" = xyes; then
AC_DEFINE(DEBUG, 1, [Define this to enable debug messages and abortion on failing asserts.])
else
AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Shut up assert warnings :-)])
fi
AC_ARG_ENABLE(tiny,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-tiny], [Disable features for the sake of size]))
if test "x$enable_tiny" = xyes; then
AC_DEFINE(NANO_TINY, 1, [Define this to make the nano executable as small as possible.])
if test "x$enable_libmagic" != xyes; then
enable_libmagic=no
fi
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_COLOR, test x$color_support = xyes)
AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_NANORC, test x$nanorc_support = xyes)
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable UTF-8 support])
AC_ARG_ENABLE(utf8, AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-utf8], [Enable UTF-8 support]))
AC_MSG_RESULT(${enable_utf8:-auto})
AC_ARG_ENABLE(altrcname,
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-altrcname], [Specify an alternate rcfile name (default: .nanorc)]),
[if test x$enableval != no; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RCFILE_NAME, "$enableval", [Specify an alternate rcfile name (default: .nanorc).]) rcfilename=$enableval
fi])
dnl Checks for functions.
if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(iswalpha iswalnum iswpunct mbstowcs wctomb)
fi
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE(chmod chown fchmod fchown flockfile funlockfile
fork fsync geteuid pipe wait waitpid)
dnl Checks for available flags.
AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-Wall], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"], [], [])
dnl Checks for libraries.
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([NCURSESW], [ncursesw], [
CURSES_LIB=$NCURSESW_LIBS
CPPFLAGS="$NCURSESW_CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS"
CURSES_LIB_NAME=ncursesw
CURSES_LIB_WIDE=yes
], [:])
else
PKG_CHECK_MODULES([NCURSES], [ncurses], [
CURSES_LIB=$NCURSES_LIBS
CPPFLAGS="$NCURSES_CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS"
CURSES_LIB_NAME=ncurses
], [:])
fi
fi
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ncurses.h)
if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
OLDLIBS="$LIBS"
AC_CHECK_TOOL(NCURSESW_CONFIG, ncursesw5-config, no)
if test "x$NCURSESW_CONFIG" != xno; then
CURSES_LIB=`$NCURSESW_CONFIG --libs`
LIBS="$CURSES_LIB $LIBS"
CPPFLAGS="`$NCURSESW_CONFIG --cflags` $CPPFLAGS"
AC_CHECK_LIB(ncursesw, wget_wch, [CURSES_LIB_NAME=ncursesw CURSES_LIB_WIDE=yes])
else
AC_CHECK_LIB(ncursesw, wget_wch, [CURSES_LIB="-lncursesw" CURSES_LIB_NAME=ncursesw CURSES_LIB_WIDE=yes])
fi
LIBS="$OLDLIBS"
fi
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(ncurses, initscr, [CURSES_LIB="-lncurses" CURSES_LIB_NAME=ncurses])
fi
fi
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(curses.h)
if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, wget_wch, [CURSES_LIB="-lcurses" CURSES_LIB_NAME=curses CURSES_LIB_WIDE=yes])
fi
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
AC_CHECK_LIB(curses, initscr, [CURSES_LIB="-lcurses" CURSES_LIB_NAME=curses])
fi
fi
if eval "test x$CURSES_LIB_NAME = x"; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** No curses lib was found. Please install the curses header files
*** from libncurses-dev (Debian), ncurses-devel (Fedora), or similar.
*** (Or install ncurses from https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ncurses/.)])
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([ The curses library to be used is: $CURSES_LIB_NAME])
fi
AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [use_default_colors],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_USE_DEFAULT_COLORS, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the use_default_colors() function.])],
[], [$CURSES_LIB])
AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [set_escdelay],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SET_ESCDELAY, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the set_escdelay() function.])],
[], [$CURSES_LIB])
AC_CHECK_LIB([$CURSES_LIB_NAME], [key_defined],
[AC_DEFINE(HAVE_KEY_DEFINED, 1, [Define this if your curses library has the key_defined() function.])],
[], [$CURSES_LIB])
LIBS="$LIBS $CURSES_LIB"
AC_SUBST(CURSES_LIB)
if test "x$enable_utf8" != xno && \
test x$CURSES_LIB_WIDE = xyes && \
test x$ac_cv_func_iswalpha = xyes && \
test x$ac_cv_func_iswalnum = xyes && \
test x$ac_cv_func_iswpunct = xyes && \
test x$ac_cv_func_mbstowcs = xyes && \
test x$ac_cv_func_wctomb = xyes; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_UTF8, 1, [Define this if your system has sufficient UTF-8 support.])
else
if test "x$enable_utf8" = xyes; then
AC_MSG_ERROR([
*** UTF-8 support was requested, but insufficient support was
*** detected in your curses and/or C libraries. Please verify
*** that both your curses library and your C library were built
*** with wide-character support.])
elif test "x$enable_utf8" != xno; then
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Insufficient UTF-8 support was detected in your curses
*** and/or C libraries. If you want UTF-8 support, please
*** verify that both your curses library and your C library
*** were built with wide-character support.])
fi
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for enhanced regular expression flag], nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced,
[AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <regex.h>]],
[[
#ifndef REG_ENHANCED
error: No REG_ENHANCED support!
#endif
]])],
[nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced=yes],
[nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced=no])])
dnl The bundled gnulib regex module doesn't support REG_ENHANCED.
if test "$ac_use_included_regex" = "yes"; then
nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced="no"
fi
if test "$nano_cv_flag_reg_enhanced" = "yes"; then
nano_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED | REG_ENHANCED"
else
nano_reg_extended="REG_EXTENDED"
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(NANO_REG_EXTENDED, $nano_reg_extended,
[Flag(s) to use to get the full range of extended regular expressions])
if test x$color_support = xyes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is needed])
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#include <curses.h>
int main(void)
{
int testcolor = COLOR_WHITE;
return 0;
}]])],
AC_MSG_RESULT(no),
AC_RUN_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE([[
#ifndef _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED
#define _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED 1
#endif
#include <curses.h>
int main(void)
{
int testcolor = COLOR_WHITE;
return 0;
}]])],
AC_DEFINE(NEED_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED, 1, [Define this if you need the _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED macro for color support.])
AC_MSG_RESULT(yes),
AC_MSG_RESULT(not sure)
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Couldn't successfully compile basic color test with or without
*** _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED. This build may not compile. Consider
*** configuring with --disable-color or installing ncurses.])),
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Can't check need for _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED when cross-compiling.]))
fi
AS_IF([test "x$enable_libmagic" != "xno"], [
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([magic.h])
AC_CHECK_LIB(magic, magic_open)
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([zlib.h])
AC_CHECK_LIB(z, inflate)
])
# Check for groff html support.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for HTML support in groff])
groff -t -mandoc -Thtml </dev/null >/dev/null
if test $? -ne 0 ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
AC_MSG_WARN([
*** Will not generate HTML version of man pages. Consider
*** installing a newer version of groff with HTML support.])
groff_html_support=no
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
groff_html_support=yes
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL(GROFF_HTML, test x$groff_html_support = xyes)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
Makefile
doc/Makefile
doc/sample.nanorc
lib/Makefile
m4/Makefile
po/Makefile.in
src/Makefile
syntax/Makefile
])
AC_OUTPUT
make showinfo

791
depcomp Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

33
doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
SUBDIRS =
BUILT_SOURCES =
dist_html_DATA = faq.html
dist_man_MANS = nano.1 rnano.1
html_pages = nano.1.html rnano.1.html
if USE_NANORC
dist_man_MANS += nanorc.5
html_pages += nanorc.5.html
endif
nano.1.html: nano.1
groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
nanorc.5.html: nanorc.5
groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
rnano.1.html: rnano.1
groff -t -mandoc -Thtml < $? > $@
if GROFF_HTML
BUILT_SOURCES += $(html_pages)
dist_html_DATA += $(html_pages)
endif
info_TEXINFOS = nano.texi
BUILT_SOURCES += nano.html
dist_html_DATA += nano.html
AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = --no-split -c HEADERS=0
EXTRA_DIST = $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(info_TEXINFOS)

2458
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

288
doc/faq.html Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html lang="en">
<head>
<title>The GNU nano editor FAQ</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">
<meta name="description" content="The genesis story of the nano editor, plus the solution to some common problems.">
<style>
.indented { margin-left: 2em; font-family: courier; font-size: 110%; }
</style>
</head>
<body text="#330000" bgcolor="#ffffff" link="#0000ef" vlink="#51188e" alink="#ff0000">
<h1>The GNU nano editor FAQ</h1>
<h3>Table of Contents</h3>
<h3><a href="#1">1. General</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#1.1">1.1. What is GNU nano?</a><br>
<a href="#1.2">1.2. What is the history behind nano?</a><br>
<a href="#1.3">1.3. Why the name change from TIP?</a><br>
<a href="#1.4">1.4. What is the current version of nano?</a><br>
<a href="#1.5">1.5. I want to read the manpage without having to download the program!</a>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#2">2. Where to get GNU nano.</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#2.1">2.1. FTP and WWW sites that carry nano.</a><br>
<a href="#2.2">2.2. RedHat and derivatives (.rpm) packages.</a><br>
<a href="#2.3">2.3. Debian (.deb) packages.</a><br>
<a href="#2.4">2.4. By git (for the brave).</a>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#3">3. Installation and Configuration</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#3.1">3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</a><br>
<a href="#3.2">3.2. Compiling from source: WHAT THE HECK DO I DO NOW?</a><br>
<a href="#3.3">3.3. Why does everything go into /usr/local?</a><br>
<a href="#3.4">3.4. nano should automatically run strip on the binary when installing it!</a><br>
<a href="#3.5">3.5. How can I make the executable smaller? This is too bloated!</a><br>
<a href="#3.6">3.6. Tell me more about this multibuffer stuff!</a><br>
<a href="#3.7">3.7. Tell me more about this verbatim input stuff!</a><br>
<a href="#3.8">3.8. How do I make a .nanorc file that nano will read when I start it?</a><br>
<a href="#3.9">3.9. Why does my self-compiled nano not read /etc/nanorc?</a><br>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#4">4. Running</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#4.1">4.1. Alt+Up does nothing on a Linux console. How can I make it scroll?</a><br>
<a href="#4.2">4.2. How can I make Ctrl+Shift+Left/Right select words on urxvt?</a><br>
<a href="#4.3">4.3. Ack! My numeric keypad's keys don't work properly when NumLock is off! What can I do?</a><br>
<a href="#4.4">4.4. With what keystroke can I paste text from the clipboard into nano?</a><br>
<a href="#4.5">4.5. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard when nano's mouse support is turned on?</a><br>
<a href="#4.6">4.6. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why? And how can I stop this?</a><br>
<a href="#4.7">4.7. When I paste from Windows into a remote nano, nano rewraps the lines. What gives?</a><br>
<a href="#4.8">4.8. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</a><br>
<a href="#4.9">4.9. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</a><br>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#5">5. Internationalization</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#5.1">5.1. There's no translation for my language!</a><br>
<a href="#5.2">5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</a><br>
<a href="#5.3">5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</a>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#6">6. Advocacy and Licensing</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#6.1">6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</a><br>
<a href="#6.2">6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</a><br>
<a href="#6.3">6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</a><br>
<a href="#6.4">6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</a>
</p></blockquote>
<h3><a href="#7">7. Miscellaneous</a></h3>
<blockquote><p>
<a href="#7.1">7.1. Where can I ask questions or send suggestions?</a><br>
<a href="#7.2">7.2. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</a><br>
<a href="#7.3">7.3. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</a><br>
<a href="#7.4">7.4. How do I join the development team?</a><br>
<a href="#7.5">7.5. Can I have write access to the git tree?</a>
</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="1"></a>1. General</h1>
<h3><a name="1.1"></a>1.1. What is GNU nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>GNU nano was designed to be a free replacement for the Pico text editor, part of the Pine email suite from <a href="http://www.washington.edu/pine/">The University of Washington</a>. It aimed to &quot;emulate Pico as closely as is reasonable and then include extra functionality&quot;.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="1.2"></a>1.2. What is the history behind nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Funny you should ask!</p>
<p><b>In the beginning...</b></p>
<p>For years Pine was THE program used to read email on a Unix system. The Pico text editor is the portion of the program one would use to compose his or her mail messages. Many beginners to Unix flocked to Pico and Pine because of their well organized, easy to use interfaces. With the proliferation of GNU/Linux in the mid to late 90's, many University students became intimately familiar with the strengths (and weaknesses) of Pine and Pico.</p>
<p><b>Then came Debian...</b></p>
<p>The <a href="https://www.debian.org/">Debian GNU/Linux</a> distribution, known for its strict standards in distributing truly &quot;free&quot; software (i.e. software with no restrictions on redistribution), would not include a binary package for Pine or Pico. Many people had a serious dilemma: they loved these programs, but the versions available at the time were not truly free software in the <a href="https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html">GNU</a> sense of the word.</p>
<p><b>The event...</b></p>
<p>It was in late 1999 when Chris Allegretta (our hero) was yet again complaining to himself about the less-than-perfect license Pico was distributed under, the 1000 makefiles that came with it and how just a few small improvements could make it the Best Editor in the World (TM). Having been a convert from Slackware to Debian, he missed having a simple binary package that included Pine and Pico, and had grown tired of downloading them himself.</p>
<p>Finally something snapped inside and Chris coded and hacked like a madman for many hours straight one weekend to make a (barely usable) Pico clone, at the time called TIP (Tip Isn't Pico). The program could not be invoked without a filename, could not save files, had no help text display, spell checker, and so forth. But over time it improved, and with the help of a few great coders it matured to the (hopefully) stable state it is in today.</p>
<p>In February 2001, nano was declared an official GNU program by Richard Stallman. nano also reached its first production release on March 22, 2001.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="1.3"></a>1.3. Why the name change from TIP?</h3>
<blockquote><p>On January 10, 2000, TIP was officially renamed to nano because of a namespace conflict with another program called 'tip'. The original 'tip' program &quot;establishes a full duplex terminal connection to a remote host&quot;, and was included with many older Unix systems (and newer ones like Solaris). The conflict was not noticed at first because there is no 'tip' utility included with most GNU/Linux distributions (where nano was developed).</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="1.4"></a>1.4. What is the current version of nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>The current version of nano <i>should</i> be <b>7.2</b>. Of course, you should always check the <a href="https://nano-editor.org/">nano homepage</a> to see what the latest and greatest version is.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="1.5"></a>1.5. I want to read the man page without having to download the program!</h3>
<blockquote><p>Jeez, demanding, aren't we? Okay, look <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/nano.1.html">here</a>.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="2"></a>2. Where to get GNU nano.</h1>
<h3><a name="2.1"></a>2.1. Web sites that carry nano.</h3>
<blockquote><p>The nano source tarballs can be downloaded from the following web sites:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/">https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/gnu/nano/">https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/gnu/nano/</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<h3><a name="2.2"></a>2.2. RPM packages (RedHat, OpenSuse, and derivatives).</h3>
<blockquote>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/nano/">https://kojipkgs.fedoraproject.org//packages/nano/</a></li>
<li><a href="https://software.opensuse.org/package/nano">https://software.opensuse.org/package/nano</a></li>
</ul>
</blockquote>
<h3><a name="2.3"></a>2.3. Deb packages (Debian and derivatives):</h3>
<blockquote><p>Debian users can check out the current nano packages for:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/editors/nano">stable</a></li>
<li><a href="https://packages.debian.org/testing/editors/nano">testing</a></li>
<li><a href="https://packages.debian.org/unstable/editors/nano">unstable</a></li>
</ul>
<p>You can also have a look at the <a href="http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/n/nano/">Package Pool</a> to see all the available binary and source packages.</p>
</blockquote>
<h3><a name="2.4"></a>2.4. By git (for the brave).</h3>
<blockquote><p>For the "bleeding edge" current version of nano, you can use <b>git</b> to download the current source code. <i>Note:</i> believe it or not, by downloading code that has not yet stabilized into an official release, there could quite possibly be bugs, in fact the code may not even compile! Anyway, see <a href="http://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/nano.git/tree/README.hacking">the hacking document</a> for info on getting and building nano from git.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="3"></a>3. Installation and Configuration</h1>
<h3><a name="3.1"></a>3.1. How do I install the RPM or DEB package?</h3>
<blockquote><p>It's simple really! As root, type <b>rpm -Uvh nano-x.y-1*.rpm</b> if you have a RedHat-ish system or <b>dpkg -i nano_x.y-1*.deb</b> if you have a Debian-ish system, where <b>x.y</b> is the version number of nano. There are other programs to install packages, and if you wish to use those, knock yourself out.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.2"></a>3.2. Compiling from source: WHAT THE HECK DO I DO NOW?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Okay, take a deep breath, this really isn't hard. Unpack the nano source with a command like:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>tar -xvf nano-x.y.tar.gz</b></p>
<p>Then you need to run <b>configure</b> with any options you might want (if any).</p>
<p>The average case is this:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>cd nano-x.y/</b><br>
<b>./configure</b><br>
<b>make</b><br>
<b>make install</b>&nbsp;&nbsp; #(as root, of course)</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.3"></a>3.3. Why does everything go into /usr/local?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Well, that's what the <b>configure</b> script defaults to. If you wish to change this, simply do this:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>./configure --prefix=/usr</b></p>
<p>This will put nano into /usr/bin when you run <b>make install</b>.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.4"></a>3.4. nano should automatically run strip on the binary when installing it!</h3>
<blockquote><p>It does when you use <b>make install-strip</b>. The default <b>make install</b> does not, and will not, run strip automatically.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.5"></a>3.5. How can I make the executable smaller? This is too bloated!</h3>
<blockquote><p>Actually, there are several parts of the editor that can be disabled. You can pass arguments to the <b>configure</b> script that disable certain features. Here's a brief list:</p>
<pre>
<b>--disable-browser</b> Disable the built-in file browser
<b>--disable-color</b> Disable color and syntax highlighting
<b>--disable-comment</b> Disable the comment/uncomment function
<b>--disable-extra</b> Disable the easter egg
<b>--disable-formatter</b> Disable the formatting tool
<b>--disable-help</b> Disable the built-in help texts
<b>--disable-histories</b> Disable the saving of search strings and cursor positions
<b>--disable-justify</b> Disable the justify/unjustify functions
<b>--disable-libmagic</b> Disable the use of libmagic for determining a file's syntax
<b>--disable-linenumbers</b> Disable line numbering
<b>--disable-linter</b> Disable the linting tool
<b>--disable-mouse</b> Disable mouse support
<b>--disable-multibuffer</b> Disable the opening of multiple file buffers
<b>--disable-nanorc</b> Disable the use of .nanorc files
<b>--disable-operatingdir</b> Disable the setting of an operating directory
<b>--disable-speller</b> Disable the spell-checking tool
<b>--disable-tabcomp</b> Disable the tab-completion functions
<b>--disable-wordcomp</b> Disable the word-completion function
<b>--disable-wrapping</b> Disable all hard-wrapping of text</pre>
<p>There's also the <b>--enable-tiny</b> option which disables everything above, as well as some larger chunks of the program (like the undo/redo code and the code for selecting text). Also, if you know you don't need other languages, you can use <b>--disable-nls</b> to disable internationalization and save a few kilobytes. And finally, there's always good old <b>strip</b> to remove all unneeded symbols.</p>
</blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.6"></a>3.6. Tell me more about this multibuffer stuff!</h3>
<blockquote><p>To use multiple file buffers, you must not have configured nano with <b>--disable-multibuffer</b> nor with <b>--enable-tiny</b> (use <b>nano -V</b> to check the compilation options). Then when you want to insert a file into its own buffer instead of into the current file, just hit <b>Meta-F</b> after typing <b>^R</b>. If you always want files to be loaded into their own buffers, use the <b>-F</b> or <b>--multibuffer</b> flag when you invoke nano, or add <b>set multibuffer</b> to your .nanorc file.</p>
<p>You can move between the buffers you have open with the <b>Meta-&lt;</b> and <b>Meta-&gt;</b> keys, or more easily without holding Shift: <b>Meta-,</b> and <b>Meta-.</b> (clear as mud, right? =-). When you have more than one buffer open, the ^X shortcut will say &quot;Close&quot;, instead of &quot;Exit&quot;.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.7"></a>3.7. Tell me more about this verbatim input stuff!</h3>
<blockquote><p>When you want to insert a literal character into the file you're editing, such as a control character that nano usually treats as a command, first press <b>Meta-V</b> (if you're not at a prompt, you'll get the message &quot;Verbatim Input&quot; on the status bar), then press the key(s) that generate the character you want.</p>
<p>Alternatively, if Unicode support is enabled (see section <a href="#5.3">5.3</a>), you can press <b>Meta-V</b> and then type a six-digit hexadecimal code (from 000000 to 10FFFF, case-insensitive), and the character with the corresponding value will be inserted. The status bar will change to &quot;Unicode Input: ......&quot; when you do this.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.8"></a>3.8. How do I make a .nanorc file that will be read when I start nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>It's not hard at all! Simply copy the <b>sample.nanorc</b> from the doc/ directory in the nano source package (or from /usr/doc/nano on your system) to <b>.nanorc</b> in your home directory, and then edit it. If you didn't get a sample nanorc, the syntax of the file is simple: features are turned on and off by using the words <b>set</b> and <b>unset</b> followed by the long option name of the feature (see <b>man nanorc</b> for the full list of options). For example, &quot;set quickblank&quot; or &quot;set smarthome&quot;. Of course, for this to work, your nano must <b>not</b> have been compiled with <b>--disable-nanorc</b>.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="3.9"></a>3.9. Why does my self-compiled nano not read /etc/nanorc?</h3>
<blockquote><p>By default (see <a href="#3.3">3.3</a>), nano gets installed into /usr/local. This also means that, at startup, nano will read <b>/usr/local/etc/nanorc</b> instead of <b>/etc/nanorc</b>. You can make a symlink from the former to the latter if you want your self-compiled nano to read the same nanorc as the system-installed nano. Or you can configure your nano to overwrite the system nano (again, see <a href="#3.3">3.3</a>).</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="4"></a>4. Running</h1>
<h3><a name="4.1"></a>4.1. Alt+Up does nothing on a Linux console. How can I make it scroll?</h3>
<blockquote><p>On Debian and its derivatives, the <b>Alt+Up</b> keystroke on a Linux console
produces by default a 'KeyboardSignal', which normally does absolutely nothing and is useless
for the average user. To get the keystroke to do what it ought to do (scroll the viewport
one row up), run this in a Linux console:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>dumpkeys --full | sed s/KeyboardSignal/Up/ | sudo loadkeys -</b></p>
<p>You will need to run this command whenever you first switch to a Linux console.</p>
<p>Or you can (as root) execute the following little script just once:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>for file in /etc/console-setup/cached*.kmap.gz; do<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;gunzip $file;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;sed -i 's/KeyboardSignal/Up/' ${file%.gz};<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;gzip ${file%.gz};<br>
done</b></p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.2"></a>4.2. How can I make Ctrl+Shift+Left/Right select words on urxvt?</h3>
<blockquote><p>The urxvt terminal emulator produces non-standard escape sequences for the modified cursor keys. These deviant sequences are not listed in the terminfo database, which means that ncurses does not recognize them. The easiest way around this is to tell urxvt to produce xterm-compatible escape sequences for the relevant keystrokes. To achieve this, add the following lines to your ~/.Xresources file:</p>
<pre>
URxvt.iso14755_52: False
URxvt.keysym.C-S-Up: \033[1;6A
URxvt.keysym.C-S-Down: \033[1;6B
URxvt.keysym.C-S-Right: \033[1;6C
URxvt.keysym.C-S-Left: \033[1;6D
URxvt.keysym.M-Up: \033[1;3A
URxvt.keysym.M-Down: \033[1;3B
URxvt.keysym.M-Right: \033[1;3C
URxvt.keysym.M-Left: \033[1;3D
URxvt.keysym.M-Insert: \033[2;3~
URxvt.keysym.M-Delete: \033[3;3~
URxvt.keysym.M-Page_Up: \033[5;3~
URxvt.keysym.M-Page_Down: \033[6;3~</pre>
<p>Then run <b>xrdb ~/.Xresources</b> and restart your urxvt terminal. Now <b>Ctrl+Shift+Left</b> and <b>Ctrl+Shift+Right</b> will select words, <b>Alt+Up</b> and <b>Alt+Down</b> will scroll the text without moving the cursor, and several such things more.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.3"></a>4.3. Ack! My numeric keypad's keys don't work properly when NumLock is off! What can I do?</h3>
<blockquote><p>You can use the <b>-K</b> or <b>--rawsequences</b> option on the command line, or add the line <b>set rawsequences</b> to your .nanorc. However, nano's mouse support will be disabled if you do any of these things.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.4"></a>4.4. With what keystroke can I paste text from the clipboard into nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>In most desktop environments <b>Shift+Insert</b> will paste the contents of the clipboard.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.5"></a>4.5. How do I select text for or paste text from the clipboard when nano's mouse support is turned on?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Try holding down the Shift key and selecting or pasting the text as you normally would.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.6"></a>4.6. When I paste text into a document, each line gets indented further than the last. Why? And how can I stop this?</h3>
<blockquote><p>You have the <i>autoindent</i> feature turned on. Hit <b>Meta-I</b> to turn it off, paste your text, and then hit <b>Meta-I</b> again to turn it back on.</p>
<p><i>Update:</i> Since version 4.8, nano will suppress auto-indentation during a paste, so you no longer need to toggle it off and on manually.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.7"></a>4.7. When I paste from Windows into a remote nano, nano rewraps the lines. What gives?</h3>
<blockquote><p>When pasting from Windows, in some situations linefeeds are sent instead of carriage returns (Enters). And linefeeds are <b>^J</b>s, which make nano justify (rewrap) the current paragraph. To prevent these linefeeds from causing these unwanted justifications, add this line to your .nanorc on the remote Linux box: <b>unbind ^J main</b> or <b>bind ^J enter main</b>, depending on whether the paste contains CR + LF or only LF.</p>
<p><i>Update:</i> Since version 4.8, nano will ignore linefeed characters in a paste, so you no longer need the above workaround.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.8"></a>4.8. I've compiled nano with color support, but I don't see any color when I run it!</h3>
<blockquote><p>If you want nano to actually use color, you have to specify the color configurations you want it to use in your .nanorc. Several example configurations are in the <b>syntax/</b> subdirectory of the nano source, which are normally installed to <b>/usr/local/share/nano/</b>. To enable all of them, uncomment the line <b># include "/usr/local/share/nano/*.nanorc"</b> in your nanorc. See also section <a href="#3.9">3.9</a>.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="4.9"></a>4.9. How do I make nano my default editor (in Pine, mutt, etc.)?</h3>
<blockquote><p>You need to make nano your $EDITOR. If you want this to be saved, you should put a line like this in your <b>.bashrc</b> if you use bash (or <b>.zshrc</b> if you believe in zsh):</p>
<p class="indented"><b>export EDITOR=/usr/local/bin/nano</b></p>
<p>or, if you use tcsh, put this in your <b>.cshrc</b> file:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>setenv EDITOR /usr/local/bin/nano</b></p>
<p>Change /usr/local/bin/nano to wherever nano is installed on your system. Type &quot;which nano&quot; to find out. This will not take effect until the next time you log in. So log out and back in again.</p>
<p>Then, on top of that, if you use Pine, you must go into setup (type <b>S</b> at the main menu), and then configure (type <b>C</b>). Hit Enter on the lines that say:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>[ ] enable-alternate-editor-cmd</b><br>
<b>[ ] enable-alternate-editor-implicitly</b></p>
<p>Then exit (<b>E</b>) and select Yes (<b>Y</b>).</p>
<p>If you're a mutt user, you should see an effect immediately the next time you log in. No further configuration is needed. However, if you want to let people know you use nano to compose your email messages, you can put a line like this in your <b>.muttrc</b>:</p>
<p class="indented"><b>my_hdr X-Composer: nano-x.y</b></p>
<p>Again, replace x.y with the version of nano you use.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="5"></a>5. Internationalization</h1>
<h3><a name="5.1"></a>5.1. There's no translation for my language!</h3>
<blockquote><p>In June 2001, GNU nano entered the <a href="https://translationproject.org/html/welcome.html">Translation Project</a> and since then, translations should be managed from there.</p>
<p>If there isn't a translation for your language, you could ask <a href="https://translationproject.org/team/">your language team</a> to translate nano, or better still, join that team and do it yourself. Joining a team is easy. You just need to ask the team leader to add you, and then send a <a href="https://translationproject.org/disclaim.txt">translation disclaimer to the FSF</a> (this is necessary as nano is an official GNU package, but it does <b>not</b> mean that you transfer the rights of your work to the FSF, it's just so the FSF can legally manage them).</p>
<p>In any case, translating nano is easy. Just grab the latest <b>nano.pot</b> file listed on <a href="https://translationproject.org/domain/nano.html">nano's page</a> at the TP, and translate each <b>msgid</b> line into your native language on the <b>msgstr</b> line. When you're done, you should send it to the TP's central PO-file repository.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="5.2"></a>5.2. I don't like the translation for &lt;x&gt; in my language. How can I fix it?</h3>
<blockquote><p>The best way is to send an e-mail with your suggested corrections to the team's mailing list. The address is mentioned in the <code>Language-Team:</code> field in the relevant PO file. The team leader or the assigned translator can then make the changes reach the nano-devel list.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="5.3"></a>5.3. What is the status of Unicode support?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Unicode should be fully usable nowadays. When the encoding of your terminal is set to UTF-8, and your locale (mainly the LANG environment variable) is UTF-8 too, then you should be able to read, enter and save Unicode text.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="6"></a>6. Advocacy and Licensing</h1>
<h3><a name="6.1"></a>6.1. Why should I use nano instead of Pico?</h3>
<blockquote><p>If you want features like undo/redo, syntax highlighting, line numbers, soft-wrapping, opening multiple files at once, an interface localized to your language, or search and replace with support for regular expressions, then you want nano.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="6.2"></a>6.2. Why should I use Pico instead of nano?</h3>
<blockquote><p>If you use your editor only to write emails or other texts and have no need for the above-mentioned features, then Pico will do fine for you.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="6.3"></a>6.3. What is so bad about the older Pine license?</h3>
<blockquote><p>The U of W license for older versions of Pine and Pico is not considered truly Free Software according to both the Free Software Foundation and the <a href="https://www.debian.org/social_contract#guidelines">Debian Free Software Guidelines</a>. The main problem regards the limitations on distributing derived works: according to UW, you can distribute their software, and you can modify it, but you can not do both, i.e. distribute modified binaries.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="6.4"></a>6.4. Okay, well, what mail program should I use then?</h3>
<blockquote><p>If you are looking to use a Free Software program similar to Pine, and Emacs is not your thing, you should definitely take a look at <a href="http://www.mutt.org/">mutt</a>. It is a full-screen, console based mail program that actually has a lot more flexibility than Pine, but has a keymap included in the distribution that allows you to use the same keystrokes as Pine would to send and receive mail. It's also under the GNU General Public License, version 2.0.</p>
<p>Of course, due to the license change you can now use the <a href="http://www.washington.edu/alpine/">Alpine distribution</a> of PINE as it is now considered Free Software, but you would be sacrificing many of nano's features to do so.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
<h1><a name="7"></a>7. Miscellaneous</h1>
<h3><a name="7.1"></a>7.1. Where can I ask questions or send suggestions?</h3>
<blockquote><p>There are three mailing lists for nano hosted at <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/">Savannah</a>: info-nano, help-nano and nano-devel. info-nano is a very low traffic list where new versions of nano are announced (surprise!). help-nano is for getting help with the editor without needing to hear all of the development issues surrounding it. nano-devel is a normally low, sometimes high traffic list for discussing the present and future development of nano. Here are links to where you can sign up for a given list:</p>
<p>info-nano - <a href="https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/info-nano/">https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/info-nano/</a><br>
help-nano - <a href="https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/">https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/help-nano/</a><br>
nano-devel - <a href="https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/">https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/nano-devel/</a></p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="7.2"></a>7.3. How do I submit a bug report or patch?</h3>
<blockquote>
<p>The best way to submit bugs is through the <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">Savannah bug tracker</a>, as you can check whether the bug you are reporting has already been submitted, and it makes it easier for the maintainers to keep track of them.
<p>You can submit patches for nano via <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/patch/?group=nano">Savannah's patch manager</a>.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="7.3"></a>7.3. I want to send the development team a big load of cash (or just a thank you).</h3>
<blockquote><p>That's fine. Send it <a href="mailto:nano-devel@gnu.org">our way</a>! Better yet, fix a <a href="https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano">bug</a> in the program or implement a <a href="https://nano-editor.org/dist/latest/TODO">cool feature</a> and send us that instead (though cash is fine too).</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="7.4"></a>7.4. How do I join the development team?</h3>
<blockquote><p>The easiest way is to consistently send in good patches that add some needed functionality, fix a bug or two, and/or make the program more optimized/efficient. Then ask nicely and you will probably be added to the Savannah development list and be given write access after a while. There is a lot of responsibility that goes along with being a team member, so don't think it's just something to add to your resume.</p></blockquote>
<h3><a name="7.5"></a>7.5. Can I have write access to the git tree?</h3>
<blockquote><p>Re-read section <a href="#7.4">7.4</a> and you should know the answer.</p></blockquote>
<hr width="100%">
</body>
</html>

427
doc/nano.1 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\"
.\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it
.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
.\"
.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
.\" Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version. You
.\" should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
.\" along with this program. If not, see
.\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
.\"
.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
.\" Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
.\" version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
.\" Back-Cover Texts. You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
.\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see
.\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
.\"
.TH NANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023"
.SH NAME
nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, inspired by Pico
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B nano
.RI [ options "] [[\fB+" line [\fB, column "]] " file ]...
.sp
.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]( / | ? ) \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]...
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly editor. It copies the look and feel
of Pico, but is free software, and implements several features that Pico
lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling per line, undo/redo,
syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines.
.sp
When giving a filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a
specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before
the filename, and even in a specific column by adding it with a comma.
(Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line.)
The cursor can be put on the first or last occurrence of a specific string
by specifying that string after \fB+/\fR or \fB+?\fR before the filename.
The string can be made case sensitive and/or caused to be interpreted as a
regular expression by inserting \fBc\fR and/or \fBr\fR after the \fB+\fR sign.
These search modes can be explicitly disabled by using the uppercase variant
of those letters: \fBC\fR and/or \fBR\fR. When the string contains spaces,
it needs to be enclosed in quotes. To give an example: to open a file at
the first occurrence of the word "Foo", you would do:
.sp
.RS 4
.BI "nano +c/Foo " file
.RE
.sp
As a special case: if instead of a filename a dash (\fB\-\fR) is given,
\fBnano\fR will read data from standard input.
.SH EDITING
Entering text and moving around in a file is straightforward: typing the
letters and using the normal cursor movement keys. Commands are entered
by using the Control (^) and the Alt or Meta (M\-) keys.
Typing \fB^K\fR deletes the current line and puts it in the cutbuffer.
Consecutive \fB^K\fRs will put all deleted lines together in the cutbuffer.
Any cursor movement or executing any other command will cause the next
\fB^K\fR to overwrite the cutbuffer. A \fB^U\fR will paste the current
contents of the cutbuffer at the current cursor position.
.sp
When a more precise piece of text needs to be cut or copied, you can mark
its start with \fB^6\fR, move the cursor to its end (the marked text will be
highlighted), and then use \fB^K\fR to cut it, or \fBM\-6\fR to copy it to the
cutbuffer. You can also save the marked text to a file with \fB^O\fR, or
spell check it with \fB^T^T\fR.
.sp
On some terminals, text can be selected also by holding down Shift while
using the arrow keys. Holding down the Ctrl or Alt key too will increase
the stride.
Any cursor movement without Shift being held will cancel such a selection.
.sp
Any valid Unicode code point can be inserted into the buffer by typing
\fBM\-V\fR followed by the hexadecimal digits of the code point (concluded
with \fB<Space>\fR or \fB<Enter>\fR when it are fewer than six digits).
A literal control code (except \fB^J\fR) can be inserted by typing
\fBM\-V\fR followed by the pertinent keystroke.
.sp
The two lines at the bottom of the screen show some important commands;
the built-in help (\fB^G\fR) lists all the available ones.
The default key bindings can be changed via a \fInanorc\fR file -- see
.BR nanorc (5).
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.BR \-A ", " \-\-smarthome
Make the Home key smarter. When Home is pressed anywhere but at the
very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will
jump to that beginning (either forwards or backwards). If the cursor is
already at that position, it will jump to the true beginning of the
line.
.TP
.BR \-B ", " \-\-backup
When saving a file, back up the previous version of it, using the current
filename suffixed with a tilde (\fB~\fP).
.TP
.BR \-C\ \fIdirectory ", " \-\-backupdir= \fIdirectory
Make and keep not just one backup file, but make and keep a uniquely
numbered one every time a file is saved -- when backups are enabled (\fB\-B\fR).
The uniquely numbered files are stored in the specified \fIdirectory\fR.
.TP
.BR \-D ", " \-\-boldtext
For the interface, use bold instead of reverse video. This will be overridden
by setting the options \fBtitlecolor\fP, \fBstatuscolor\fP, \fBkeycolor\fP,
\fBfunctioncolor\fP, \fBnumbercolor\fP, and/or \fBselectedcolor\fP in your
nanorc file. See \fBnanorc\fR(5).
.TP
.BR \-E ", " \-\-tabstospaces
Convert each typed tab to spaces -- to the number of spaces
that a tab at that position would take up.
.TP
.BR \-F ", " \-\-multibuffer
Read a file into a new buffer by default.
.TP
.BR \-G ", " \-\-locking
Use vim-style file locking when editing files.
.TP
.BR \-H ", " \-\-historylog
Save the last hundred search strings and replacement strings and
executed commands, so they can be easily reused in later sessions.
.TP
.BR \-I ", " \-\-ignorercfiles
Don't look at the system's \fInanorc\fR nor at the user's \fInanorc\fR.
.TP
.BR \-J\ \fInumber ", " \-\-guidestripe= \fInumber
Draw a vertical stripe at the given column, to help judge the width of the
text. (The color of the stripe can be changed with \fBset stripecolor\fR
in your \fInanorc\fR file.)
.TP
.BR \-K ", " \-\-rawsequences
Interpret escape sequences directly, instead of asking \fBncurses\fR
to translate them. (If you need this option to get some keys to work
properly, it means that the terminfo terminal description that is used
does not fully match the actual behavior of your terminal. This can
happen when you ssh into a BSD machine, for example.)
Using this option disables \fBnano\fR's mouse support.
.TP
.BR \-L ", " \-\-nonewlines
Don't automatically add a newline when a text does not end with one.
(This can cause you to save non-POSIX text files.)
.TP
.BR \-M ", " \-\-trimblanks
Snip trailing whitespace from the wrapped line when automatic
hard-wrapping occurs or when text is justified.
.TP
.BR \-N ", " \-\-noconvert
Disable automatic conversion of files from DOS/Mac format.
.TP
.BR \-O ", " \-\-bookstyle
When justifying, treat any line that starts with whitespace as the
beginning of a paragraph (unless auto-indenting is on).
.TP
.BR \-P ", " \-\-positionlog
For the 200 most recent files, log the last position of the cursor,
and place it at that position again upon reopening such a file.
.TP
.BR "\-Q ""\fIregex\fB""" ", " "\-\-quotestr=""" \fIregex """
Set the regular expression for matching the quoting part of a line.
The default value is "\fB^([\ \\t]*([!#%:;>|}]|//))+\fR".
(Note that \fB\\t\fP stands for an actual Tab.)
This makes it possible to rejustify blocks of quoted text when composing
email, and to rewrap blocks of line comments when writing source code.
.TP
.BR \-R ", " \-\-restricted
Restricted mode: don't read or write to any file not specified on the
command line. This means: don't read or write history files;
don't allow suspending; don't allow spell checking;
don't allow a file to be appended to, prepended to, or saved under a
different name if it already has one; and don't make backup files.
Restricted mode can also be activated by invoking \fBnano\fP
with any name beginning with 'r' (e.g. "rnano").
.TP
.BR \-S ", " \-\-softwrap
Display over multiple screen rows lines that exceed the screen's width.
(You can make this soft-wrapping occur at whitespace instead of rudely at
the screen's edge, by using also \fB\-\-atblanks\fR.)
(The old short option, \fB\-$\fR, is deprecated.)
.TP
.BR \-T\ \fInumber ", " \-\-tabsize= \fInumber
Set the size (width) of a tab to \fInumber\fP columns. The value of
\fInumber\fR must be greater than 0. The default value is \fB8\fR.
.TP
.BR \-U ", " \-\-quickblank
Make status-bar messages disappear after 1 keystroke instead of after 20.
Note that option \fB\-c\fR (\fB\-\-constantshow\fR) overrides this.
When option \fB\-\-minibar\fR or \fB\-\-zero\fR is in effect,
\fB\-\-quickblank\fR makes a message disappear after
0.8 seconds instead of after the default 1.5 seconds.
.
.TP
.BR \-V ", " \-\-version
Show the current version number and exit.
.TP
.BR \-W ", " \-\-wordbounds
Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
characters as part of a word.
.TP
.BR "\-X ""\fIcharacters\fB""" ", " "\-\-wordchars=""" \fIcharacters """
Specify which other characters (besides the normal alphanumeric ones)
should be considered as part of a word. When using this option, you
probably want to omit \fB\-W\fR (\fB\-\-wordbounds\fR).
.TP
.BR \-Y\ \fIname ", " \-\-syntax= \fIname
Specify the name of the syntax highlighting to use from among the ones
defined in the \fInanorc\fP files.
.TP
.BR \-Z ", " \-\-zap
Let an unmodified Backspace or Delete erase the marked region
(instead of a single character, and without affecting the cutbuffer).
.TP
.BR \-a ", " \-\-atblanks
When doing soft line wrapping, wrap lines at whitespace
instead of always at the edge of the screen.
.TP
.BR \-b ", " \-\-breaklonglines
Automatically hard-wrap the current line when it becomes overlong.
(This option is the opposite of \fB\-w\fR (\fB\-\-nowrap\fR) --
the last one given takes effect.)
.TP
.BR \-c ", " \-\-constantshow
Constantly show the cursor position on the status bar.
Note that this overrides option \fB\-U\fR (\fB\-\-quickblank\fR).
.TP
.BR \-d ", " \-\-rebinddelete
Interpret the Delete and Backspace keys differently so that both Backspace
and Delete work properly. You should only use this option when on your
system either Backspace acts like Delete or Delete acts like Backspace.
.TP
.BR \-e ", " \-\-emptyline
Do not use the line below the title bar, leaving it entirely blank.
.TP
.BR \-f\ \fIfile ", " \-\-rcfile= \fIfile
Read only this \fIfile\fR for setting nano's options, instead of reading
both the system-wide and the user's nanorc files.
.TP
.BR \-g ", " \-\-showcursor
Make the cursor visible in the file browser (putting it on the
highlighted item) and in the help viewer. Useful for braille users
and people with poor vision.
.TP
.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
Show a summary of the available command-line options and exit.
.TP
.BR \-i ", " \-\-autoindent
Automatically indent a newly created line to the same number of tabs
and/or spaces as the previous line (or as the next line if the previous
line is the beginning of a paragraph).
.TP
.BR \-j ", " \-\-jumpyscrolling
Scroll the buffer contents per half-screen instead of per line.
.TP
.BR \-k ", " \-\-cutfromcursor
Make the 'Cut Text' command (normally \fB^K\fR) cut from the current cursor
position to the end of the line, instead of cutting the entire line.
.TP
.BR \-l ", " \-\-linenumbers
Display line numbers to the left of the text area.
(Any line with an anchor additionally gets a mark in the margin.)
.TP
.BR \-m ", " \-\-mouse
Enable mouse support, if available for your system. When enabled, mouse
clicks can be used to place the cursor, set the mark (with a double
click), and execute shortcuts. The mouse will work in the X Window
System, and on the console when gpm is running. Text can still be
selected through dragging by holding down the Shift key.
.TP
.BR \-n ", " \-\-noread
Treat any name given on the command line as a new file. This allows
\fBnano\fR to write to named pipes: it will start with a blank buffer,
and will write to the pipe when the user saves the "file". This way
\fBnano\fR can be used as an editor in combination with for instance
\fBgpg\fR without having to write sensitive data to disk first.
.TP
.BR \-o\ \fIdirectory ", " \-\-operatingdir= \fIdirectory
Set the operating directory. This makes \fBnano\fP set up something
similar to a chroot.
.TP
.BR \-p ", " \-\-preserve
Preserve the XON and XOFF sequences (\fB^Q\fR and \fB^S\fR) so they
will be caught by the terminal.
.TP
.BR \-q ", " \-\-indicator
Display a "scrollbar" on the righthand side of the edit window.
It shows the position of the viewport in the buffer
and how much of the buffer is covered by the viewport.
.TP
.BR \-r\ \fInumber ", " \-\-fill= \fInumber
Set the target width for justifying and automatic hard-wrapping at this
\fInumber\fR of columns. If the value is 0 or less, wrapping will occur
at the width of the screen minus \fInumber\fR columns, allowing the wrap
point to vary along with the width of the screen if the screen is resized.
The default value is \fB\-8\fR.
.TP
.B "\-s ""\fIprogram\fR [\fIargument \fR...]\fB""\fR, \fB\-\-speller=""\fIprogram\fR [\fIargument \fR...]\fB"""
Use this command to perform spell checking and correcting, instead of
using the built-in corrector that calls \fBhunspell\fR(1) or \fBspell\fR(1).
.TP
.BR \-t ", " \-\-saveonexit
Save a changed buffer without prompting (when exiting with \fB^X\fR).
.TP
.BR \-u ", " \-\-unix
Save a file by default in Unix format. This overrides nano's
default behavior of saving a file in the format that it had.
(This option has no effect when you also use \fB\-\-noconvert\fR.)
.TP
.BR \-v ", " \-\-view
Just view the file and disallow editing: read-only mode.
This mode allows the user to open also other files for viewing,
unless \fB\-\-restricted\fR is given too.
.TP
.BR \-w ", " \-\-nowrap
Do not automatically hard-wrap the current line when it becomes overlong.
This is the default. (This option is the opposite of \fB\-b\fR
(\fB\-\-breaklonglines\fR) -- the last one given takes effect.)
.TP
.BR \-x ", " \-\-nohelp
Don't show the two help lines at the bottom of the screen.
.TP
.BR \-y ", " \-\-afterends
Make Ctrl+Right and Ctrl+Delete stop at word ends instead of beginnings.
.TP
.BR \-! ", " \-\-magic
When neither the file's name nor its first line give a clue,
try using libmagic to determine the applicable syntax.
.TP
.BR \-% ", " \-\-stateflags
Use the top-right corner of the screen for showing some state flags:
\fBI\fR when auto-indenting, \fBM\fR when the mark is on, \fBL\fR when
hard-wrapping (breaking long lines), \fBR\fR when recording a macro,
and \fBS\fR when soft-wrapping.
When the buffer is modified, a star (\fB*\fR) is shown after the
filename in the center of the title bar.
.TP
.BR \-_ ", " \-\-minibar
Suppress the title bar and instead show information about
the current buffer at the bottom of the screen, in the space
for the status bar. In this "minibar" the filename is shown
on the left, followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified.
On the right are displayed the current line and column number, the
code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode format: U+xxxx),
the same flags as are shown by \fB\-\-stateflags\fR, and a percentage
that expresses how far the cursor is into the file (linewise).
When a file is loaded or saved, and also when switching between buffers,
the number of lines in the buffer is displayed after the filename.
This number is cleared upon the next keystroke, or replaced with an
[i/n] counter when multiple buffers are open.
The line plus column numbers and the character code are displayed only when
\fB\-\-constantshow\fR is used, and can be toggled on and off with \fBM\-C\fR.
The state flags are displayed only when \fB\-\-stateflags\fR is used.
.TP
.BR \-0 ", " \-\-zero
Hide all elements of the interface (title bar, status bar, and help lines)
and use all rows of the terminal for showing the contents of the buffer.
The status bar appears only when there is a significant message,
and disappears after 1.5 seconds or upon the next keystroke.
With \fBM\-Z\fR the title bar plus status bar can be toggled.
With \fBM\-X\fR the help lines.
.SH TOGGLES
Several of the above options can be switched on and off also while
\fBnano\fR is running. For example, \fBM\-L\fR toggles the
hard-wrapping of long lines, \fBM\-S\fR toggles soft-wrapping,
\fBM\-N\fR toggles line numbers, \fBM\-M\fR toggles the mouse,
\fBM\-I\fR auto-indentation, and \fBM\-X\fR the help lines.
See at the end of the \fB^G\fR help text for a complete list.
.sp
The \fBM\-X\fR toggle is special: it works in all menus except
the help viewer and the linter. All other toggles work in
the main menu only.
.SH FILES
When \fB\-\-rcfile\fR is given, \fBnano\fR will read just the specified file
for setting its options and syntaxes and key bindings. Without that option,
\fBnano\fR will read two configuration files: first the system's
\fInanorc\fR (if it exists), and then the user's \fInanorc\fR (if it
exists), either \fI~/.nanorc\fR or \fI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nano/nanorc\fR
or \fI~/.config/nano/nanorc\fR, whichever is encountered first. See
.BR nanorc (5)
for more information on the possible contents of those files.
.sp
See \fI/usr/share/nano/\fR and \fI/usr/share/nano/extra/\fR
for available syntax-coloring definitions.
.SH NOTES
Option \fB\-z\fR (\fB\-\-suspendable\fR) has been removed.
Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via \fB^T^Z\fR.
(If you want a plain \fB^Z\fR to suspend nano, add
\fBbind ^Z suspend main\fR to your nanorc.)
.sp
If no alternative spell checker command is specified on the command
line nor in one of the \fInanorc\fP files, \fBnano\fP will check the
\fBSPELL\fP environment variable for one.
.sp
In some cases \fBnano\fP will try to dump the buffer into an emergency
file. This will happen mainly if \fBnano\fP receives a SIGHUP or
SIGTERM or runs out of memory. It will write the buffer into a file
named \fInano.save\fP if the buffer didn't have a name already, or will
add a ".save" suffix to the current filename. If an emergency file with
that name already exists in the current directory, it will add ".save"
plus a number (e.g.\& ".save.1") to the current filename in order to make
it unique. In multibuffer mode, \fBnano\fP will write all the open
buffers to their respective emergency files.
.SH BUGS
The recording and playback of keyboard macros works correctly only on a
terminal emulator, not on a Linux console (VT), because the latter does
not by default distinguish modified from unmodified arrow keys.
.sp
Please report any other bugs that you encounter via:
.br
.IR https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano .
.sp
When nano crashes, it will save any modified buffers to emergency .save files.
If you are able to reproduce the crash and you want to get a backtrace, define
the environment variable \fBNANO_NOCATCH\fR.
.SH HOMEPAGE
.I https://nano\-editor.org/
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR nanorc (5)
.sp
\fI/usr/share/doc/nano/\fP (or equivalent on your system)

707
doc/nano.1.html Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
<!-- Creator : groff version 1.22.4 -->
<!-- CreationDate: Wed Jan 18 08:46:05 2023 -->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html>
<head>
<meta name="generator" content="groff -Thtml, see www.gnu.org">
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII">
<meta name="Content-Style" content="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
p { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
pre { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
table { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
h1 { text-align: center }
</style>
<title>NANO</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1 align="center">NANO</h1>
<a href="#NAME">NAME</a><br>
<a href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a><br>
<a href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a><br>
<a href="#EDITING">EDITING</a><br>
<a href="#OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#TOGGLES">TOGGLES</a><br>
<a href="#FILES">FILES</a><br>
<a href="#NOTES">NOTES</a><br>
<a href="#BUGS">BUGS</a><br>
<a href="#HOMEPAGE">HOMEPAGE</a><br>
<a href="#SEE ALSO">SEE ALSO</a><br>
<hr>
<h2>NAME
<a name="NAME"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">nano -
Nano&rsquo;s ANOther editor, inspired by Pico</p>
<h2>SYNOPSIS
<a name="SYNOPSIS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>nano</b>
[<i>options</i>]
[[<b>+</b><i>line</i>[<b>,</b><i>column</i>]]
<i>file</i>]...</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>nano</b>
[<i>options</i>]
[[<b>+</b>[<b>crCR</b>](<b>/</b>|<b>?</b>)<i>string</i>]
<i>file</i>]...</p>
<h2>DESCRIPTION
<a name="DESCRIPTION"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>nano</b> is
a small and friendly editor. It copies the look and feel of
Pico, but is free software, and implements several features
that Pico lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling
per line, undo/redo, syntax coloring, line numbering, and
soft-wrapping overlong lines.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">When giving a
filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a
specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign
(<b>+</b>) before the filename, and even in a specific
column by adding it with a comma. (Negative numbers count
from the end of the file or line.) The cursor can be put on
the first or last occurrence of a specific string by
specifying that string after <b>+/</b> or <b>+?</b> before
the filename. The string can be made case sensitive and/or
caused to be interpreted as a regular expression by
inserting <b>c</b> and/or <b>r</b> after the <b>+</b> sign.
These search modes can be explicitly disabled by using the
uppercase variant of those letters: <b>C</b> and/or
<b>R</b>. When the string contains spaces, it needs to be
enclosed in quotes. To give an example: to open a file at
the first occurrence of the word &quot;Foo&quot;, you would
do:</p>
<p style="margin-left:17%; margin-top: 1em"><b>nano
+c/Foo</b> <i>file</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">As a special
case: if instead of a filename a dash (<b>-</b>) is given,
<b>nano</b> will read data from standard input.</p>
<h2>EDITING
<a name="EDITING"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Entering text
and moving around in a file is straightforward: typing the
letters and using the normal cursor movement keys. Commands
are entered by using the Control (^) and the Alt or Meta
(M-) keys. Typing <b>^K</b> deletes the current line and
puts it in the cutbuffer. Consecutive <b>^K</b>s will put
all deleted lines together in the cutbuffer. Any cursor
movement or executing any other command will cause the next
<b>^K</b> to overwrite the cutbuffer. A <b>^U</b> will paste
the current contents of the cutbuffer at the current cursor
position.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">When a more
precise piece of text needs to be cut or copied, you can
mark its start with <b>^6</b>, move the cursor to its end
(the marked text will be highlighted), and then use
<b>^K</b> to cut it, or <b>M-6</b> to copy it to the
cutbuffer. You can also save the marked text to a file with
<b>^O</b>, or spell check it with <b>^T^T</b>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">On some
terminals, text can be selected also by holding down Shift
while using the arrow keys. Holding down the Ctrl or Alt key
too will increase the stride. Any cursor movement without
Shift being held will cancel such a selection.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Any valid
Unicode code point can be inserted into the buffer by typing
<b>M-V</b> followed by the hexadecimal digits of the code
point (concluded with <b>&lt;Space&gt;</b> or
<b>&lt;Enter&gt;</b> when it are fewer than six digits). A
literal control code (except <b>^J</b>) can be inserted by
typing <b>M-V</b> followed by the pertinent keystroke.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">The two lines
at the bottom of the screen show some important commands;
the built-in help (<b>^G</b>) lists all the available ones.
The default key bindings can be changed via a <i>nanorc</i>
file -- see <b>nanorc</b>(5).</p>
<h2>OPTIONS
<a name="OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>-A</b>,
<b>--smarthome</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make the Home key smarter. When
Home is pressed anywhere but at the very beginning of
non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor will jump to
that beginning (either forwards or backwards). If the cursor
is already at that position, it will jump to the true
beginning of the line.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-B</b>, <b>--backup</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">When saving a file, back up the
previous version of it, using the current filename suffixed
with a tilde (<b>~</b>).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-C&nbsp;</b><i>directory</i>,
<b>--backupdir=</b><i>directory</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make and keep not just one
backup file, but make and keep a uniquely numbered one every
time a file is saved -- when backups are enabled
(<b>-B</b>). The uniquely numbered files are stored in the
specified <i>directory</i>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-D</b>,
<b>--boldtext</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">For the interface, use bold
instead of reverse video. This will be overridden by setting
the options <b>titlecolor</b>, <b>statuscolor</b>,
<b>keycolor</b>, <b>functioncolor</b>, <b>numbercolor</b>,
and/or <b>selectedcolor</b> in your nanorc file. See
<b>nanorc</b>(5).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-E</b>,
<b>--tabstospaces</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Convert each typed tab to
spaces -- to the number of spaces that a tab at that
position would take up.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-F</b>,
<b>--multibuffer</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Read a file into a new buffer
by default.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-G</b>, <b>--locking</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use vim-style file locking when
editing files.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-H</b>,
<b>--historylog</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Save the last hundred search
strings and replacement strings and executed commands, so
they can be easily reused in later sessions.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-I</b>,
<b>--ignorercfiles</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Don&rsquo;t look at the
system&rsquo;s <i>nanorc</i> nor at the user&rsquo;s
<i>nanorc</i>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-J&nbsp;</b><i>number</i>,
<b>--guidestripe=</b><i>number</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Draw a vertical stripe at the
given column, to help judge the width of the text. (The
color of the stripe can be changed with <b>set
stripecolor</b> in your <i>nanorc</i> file.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-K</b>,
<b>--rawsequences</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Interpret escape sequences
directly, instead of asking <b>ncurses</b> to translate
them. (If you need this option to get some keys to work
properly, it means that the terminfo terminal description
that is used does not fully match the actual behavior of
your terminal. This can happen when you ssh into a BSD
machine, for example.) Using this option disables
<b>nano</b>&rsquo;s mouse support.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-L</b>,
<b>--nonewlines</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Don&rsquo;t automatically add a
newline when a text does not end with one. (This can cause
you to save non-POSIX text files.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-M</b>,
<b>--trimblanks</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Snip trailing whitespace from
the wrapped line when automatic hard-wrapping occurs or when
text is justified.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-N</b>,
<b>--noconvert</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Disable automatic conversion of
files from DOS/Mac format.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-O</b>,
<b>--bookstyle</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">When justifying, treat any line
that starts with whitespace as the beginning of a paragraph
(unless auto-indenting is on).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-P</b>,
<b>--positionlog</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">For the 200 most recent files,
log the last position of the cursor, and place it at that
position again upon reopening such a file.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-Q
&quot;</b><i>regex</i><b>&quot;</b>,
<b>--quotestr=&quot;</b><i>regex</i><b>&quot;</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the regular expression for
matching the quoting part of a line. The default value is
&quot;<b>^([&nbsp;\t]*([!#%:;&gt;|}]|//))+</b>&quot;. (Note
that <b>\t</b> stands for an actual Tab.) This makes it
possible to rejustify blocks of quoted text when composing
email, and to rewrap blocks of line comments when writing
source code.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-R</b>,
<b>--restricted</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Restricted mode: don&rsquo;t
read or write to any file not specified on the command line.
This means: don&rsquo;t read or write history files;
don&rsquo;t allow suspending; don&rsquo;t allow spell
checking; don&rsquo;t allow a file to be appended to,
prepended to, or saved under a different name if it already
has one; and don&rsquo;t make backup files. Restricted mode
can also be activated by invoking <b>nano</b> with any name
beginning with &rsquo;r&rsquo; (e.g. &quot;rnano&quot;).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-S</b>,
<b>--softwrap</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display over multiple screen
rows lines that exceed the screen&rsquo;s width. (You can
make this soft-wrapping occur at whitespace instead of
rudely at the screen&rsquo;s edge, by using also
<b>--atblanks</b>.) (The old short option, <b>-$</b>, is
deprecated.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-T&nbsp;</b><i>number</i>,
<b>--tabsize=</b><i>number</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the size (width) of a tab
to <i>number</i> columns. The value of <i>number</i> must be
greater than 0. The default value is <b>8</b>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-U</b>,
<b>--quickblank</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make status-bar messages
disappear after 1 keystroke instead of after 20. Note that
option <b>-c</b> (<b>--constantshow</b>) overrides this.
When option <b>--minibar</b> or <b>--zero</b> is in effect,
<b>--quickblank</b> makes a message disappear after 0.8
seconds instead of after the default 1.5 seconds.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-V</b>, <b>--version</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show the current version number
and exit.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-W</b>,
<b>--wordbounds</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Detect word boundaries
differently by treating punctuation characters as part of a
word.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-X
&quot;</b><i>characters</i><b>&quot;</b>,
<b>--wordchars=&quot;</b><i>characters</i><b>&quot;</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify which other characters
(besides the normal alphanumeric ones) should be considered
as part of a word. When using this option, you probably want
to omit <b>-W</b> (<b>--wordbounds</b>).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-Y&nbsp;</b><i>name</i>,
<b>--syntax=</b><i>name</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Specify the name of the syntax
highlighting to use from among the ones defined in the
<i>nanorc</i> files.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-Z</b>, <b>--zap</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Let an unmodified Backspace or
Delete erase the marked region (instead of a single
character, and without affecting the cutbuffer).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-a</b>,
<b>--atblanks</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">When doing soft line wrapping,
wrap lines at whitespace instead of always at the edge of
the screen.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-b</b>,
<b>--breaklonglines</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Automatically hard-wrap the
current line when it becomes overlong. (This option is the
opposite of <b>-w</b> (<b>--nowrap</b>) -- the last one
given takes effect.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-c</b>,
<b>--constantshow</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Constantly show the cursor
position on the status bar. Note that this overrides option
<b>-U</b> (<b>--quickblank</b>).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-d</b>,
<b>--rebinddelete</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Interpret the Delete and
Backspace keys differently so that both Backspace and Delete
work properly. You should only use this option when on your
system either Backspace acts like Delete or Delete acts like
Backspace.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-e</b>,
<b>--emptyline</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not use the line below the
title bar, leaving it entirely blank.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-f&nbsp;</b><i>file</i>,
<b>--rcfile=</b><i>file</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Read only this <i>file</i> for
setting nano&rsquo;s options, instead of reading both the
system-wide and the user&rsquo;s nanorc files.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-g</b>,
<b>--showcursor</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make the cursor visible in the
file browser (putting it on the highlighted item) and in the
help viewer. Useful for braille users and people with poor
vision.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-h</b>, <b>--help</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show a summary of the available
command-line options and exit.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-i</b>,
<b>--autoindent</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Automatically indent a newly
created line to the same number of tabs and/or spaces as the
previous line (or as the next line if the previous line is
the beginning of a paragraph).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-j</b>,
<b>--jumpyscrolling</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Scroll the buffer contents per
half-screen instead of per line.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-k</b>,
<b>--cutfromcursor</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make the &rsquo;Cut Text&rsquo;
command (normally <b>^K</b>) cut from the current cursor
position to the end of the line, instead of cutting the
entire line.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-l</b>,
<b>--linenumbers</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display line numbers to the
left of the text area. (Any line with an anchor additionally
gets a mark in the margin.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-m</b>, <b>--mouse</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Enable mouse support, if
available for your system. When enabled, mouse clicks can be
used to place the cursor, set the mark (with a double
click), and execute shortcuts. The mouse will work in the X
Window System, and on the console when gpm is running. Text
can still be selected through dragging by holding down the
Shift key.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-n</b>, <b>--noread</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Treat any name given on the
command line as a new file. This allows <b>nano</b> to write
to named pipes: it will start with a blank buffer, and will
write to the pipe when the user saves the &quot;file&quot;.
This way <b>nano</b> can be used as an editor in combination
with for instance <b>gpg</b> without having to write
sensitive data to disk first.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-o&nbsp;</b><i>directory</i>,
<b>--operatingdir=</b><i>directory</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the operating directory.
This makes <b>nano</b> set up something similar to a
chroot.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-p</b>,
<b>--preserve</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Preserve the XON and XOFF
sequences (<b>^Q</b> and <b>^S</b>) so they will be caught
by the terminal.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-q</b>,
<b>--indicator</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Display a &quot;scrollbar&quot;
on the righthand side of the edit window. It shows the
position of the viewport in the buffer and how much of the
buffer is covered by the viewport.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-r&nbsp;</b><i>number</i>,
<b>--fill=</b><i>number</i></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Set the target width for
justifying and automatic hard-wrapping at this <i>number</i>
of columns. If the value is 0 or less, wrapping will occur
at the width of the screen minus <i>number</i> columns,
allowing the wrap point to vary along with the width of the
screen if the screen is resized. The default value is
<b>-8</b>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-s &quot;</b><i>program</i>
[<i>argument</i> ...]<b>&quot;</b>,
<b>--speller=&quot;</b><i>program</i> [<i>argument</i>
...]<b>&quot;</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use this command to perform
spell checking and correcting, instead of using the built-in
corrector that calls <b>hunspell</b>(1) or
<b>spell</b>(1).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-t</b>,
<b>--saveonexit</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Save a changed buffer without
prompting (when exiting with <b>^X</b>).</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-u</b>, <b>--unix</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Save a file by default in Unix
format. This overrides nano&rsquo;s default behavior of
saving a file in the format that it had. (This option has no
effect when you also use <b>--noconvert</b>.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-v</b>, <b>--view</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Just view the file and disallow
editing: read-only mode. This mode allows the user to open
also other files for viewing, unless <b>--restricted</b> is
given too.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-w</b>, <b>--nowrap</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Do not automatically hard-wrap
the current line when it becomes overlong. This is the
default. (This option is the opposite of <b>-b</b>
(<b>--breaklonglines</b>) -- the last one given takes
effect.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-x</b>, <b>--nohelp</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Don&rsquo;t show the two help
lines at the bottom of the screen.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-y</b>,
<b>--afterends</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Make Ctrl+Right and Ctrl+Delete
stop at word ends instead of beginnings.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-!</b>, <b>--magic</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">When neither the file&rsquo;s
name nor its first line give a clue, try using libmagic to
determine the applicable syntax.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-%</b>,
<b>--stateflags</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Use the top-right corner of the
screen for showing some state flags: <b>I</b> when
auto-indenting, <b>M</b> when the mark is on, <b>L</b> when
hard-wrapping (breaking long lines), <b>R</b> when recording
a macro, and <b>S</b> when soft-wrapping. When the buffer is
modified, a star (<b>*</b>) is shown after the filename in
the center of the title bar.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-_</b>, <b>--minibar</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Suppress the title bar and
instead show information about the current buffer at the
bottom of the screen, in the space for the status bar. In
this &quot;minibar&quot; the filename is shown on the left,
followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified. On
the right are displayed the current line and column number,
the code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode
format: U+xxxx), the same flags as are shown by
<b>--stateflags</b>, and a percentage that expresses how far
the cursor is into the file (linewise). When a file is
loaded or saved, and also when switching between buffers,
the number of lines in the buffer is displayed after the
filename. This number is cleared upon the next keystroke, or
replaced with an [i/n] counter when multiple buffers are
open. The line plus column numbers and the character code
are displayed only when <b>--constantshow</b> is used, and
can be toggled on and off with <b>M-C</b>. The state flags
are displayed only when <b>--stateflags</b> is used.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%;"><b>-0</b>, <b>--zero</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Hide all elements of the
interface (title bar, status bar, and help lines) and use
all rows of the terminal for showing the contents of the
buffer. The status bar appears only when there is a
significant message, and disappears after 1.5 seconds or
upon the next keystroke. With <b>M-Z</b> the title bar plus
status bar can be toggled. With <b>M-X</b> the help
lines.</p>
<h2>TOGGLES
<a name="TOGGLES"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Several of the
above options can be switched on and off also while
<b>nano</b> is running. For example, <b>M-L</b> toggles the
hard-wrapping of long lines, <b>M-S</b> toggles
soft-wrapping, <b>M-N</b> toggles line numbers, <b>M-M</b>
toggles the mouse, <b>M-I</b> auto-indentation, and
<b>M-X</b> the help lines. See at the end of the <b>^G</b>
help text for a complete list.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">The <b>M-X</b>
toggle is special: it works in all menus except the help
viewer and the linter. All other toggles work in the main
menu only.</p>
<h2>FILES
<a name="FILES"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">When
<b>--rcfile</b> is given, <b>nano</b> will read just the
specified file for setting its options and syntaxes and key
bindings. Without that option, <b>nano</b> will read two
configuration files: first the system&rsquo;s <i>nanorc</i>
(if it exists), and then the user&rsquo;s <i>nanorc</i> (if
it exists), either <i>~/.nanorc</i> or
<i>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nano/nanorc</i> or
<i>~/.config/nano/nanorc</i>, whichever is encountered
first. See <b>nanorc</b>(5) for more information on the
possible contents of those files.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">See
<i>/usr/share/nano/</i> and <i>/usr/share/nano/extra/</i>
for available syntax-coloring definitions.</p>
<h2>NOTES
<a name="NOTES"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Option
<b>-z</b> (<b>--suspendable</b>) has been removed.
Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via <b>^T^Z</b>.
(If you want a plain <b>^Z</b> to suspend nano, add <b>bind
^Z suspend main</b> to your nanorc.)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">If no
alternative spell checker command is specified on the
command line nor in one of the <i>nanorc</i> files,
<b>nano</b> will check the <b>SPELL</b> environment variable
for one.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">In some cases
<b>nano</b> will try to dump the buffer into an emergency
file. This will happen mainly if <b>nano</b> receives a
SIGHUP or SIGTERM or runs out of memory. It will write the
buffer into a file named <i>nano.save</i> if the buffer
didn&rsquo;t have a name already, or will add a
&quot;.save&quot; suffix to the current filename. If an
emergency file with that name already exists in the current
directory, it will add &quot;.save&quot; plus a number (e.g.
&quot;.save.1&quot;) to the current filename in order to
make it unique. In multibuffer mode, <b>nano</b> will write
all the open buffers to their respective emergency
files.</p>
<h2>BUGS
<a name="BUGS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">The recording
and playback of keyboard macros works correctly only on a
terminal emulator, not on a Linux console (VT), because the
latter does not by default distinguish modified from
unmodified arrow keys.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Please report
any other bugs that you encounter via: <i><br>
https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano</i>.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">When nano
crashes, it will save any modified buffers to emergency
.save files. If you are able to reproduce the crash and you
want to get a backtrace, define the environment variable
<b>NANO_NOCATCH</b>.</p>
<h2>HOMEPAGE
<a name="HOMEPAGE"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>https://nano-editor.org/</i></p>
<h2>SEE ALSO
<a name="SEE ALSO"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i><b>nanorc</b></i>(5)</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>/usr/share/doc/nano/</i>
(or equivalent on your system)</p>
<hr>
</body>
</html>

2355
doc/nano.html Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2034
doc/nano.info Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2082
doc/nano.texi Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1057
doc/nanorc.5 Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1645
doc/nanorc.5.html Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

60
doc/rnano.1 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
.\"
.\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it
.\" under the terms of either of the following licenses:
.\"
.\" * The GNU General Public License, as published by the Free Software
.\" Foundation, version 3 or (at your option) any later version. You
.\" should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
.\" along with this program. If not, see
.\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
.\"
.\" * The GNU Free Documentation License, as published by the Free
.\" Software Foundation, version 1.2 or (at your option) any later
.\" version, with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no
.\" Back-Cover Texts. You should have received a copy of the GNU Free
.\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see
.\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
.\"
.TH RNANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023"
.SH NAME
rnano \- a restricted nano
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B rnano
.RI [ options "] [[+" line [, column "]]\ " file "]..."
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBrnano\fR runs the \fBnano\fR editor in restricted mode. This allows
editing only the specified file or files, and doesn't allow the user
access to the filesystem nor to a command shell.
.sp
In restricted mode, \fBnano\fR will:
.IP \[bu] 2
not allow suspending;
.IP \[bu]
not allow saving the current buffer under a different name;
.IP \[bu]
not allow inserting another file or opening a new buffer;
.IP \[bu]
not allow appending or prepending to any file;
.IP \[bu]
not make backup files nor do spell checking.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
Show the available command-line options and exit.
.P
For all existing options, see the \fBnano\fR(1) man page.
.SH BUGS
Please report bugs via
.IR https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano .
.SH HOMEPAGE
.I https://nano-editor.org/
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR nano (1)

166
doc/rnano.1.html Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
<!-- Creator : groff version 1.22.4 -->
<!-- CreationDate: Wed Jan 18 08:46:05 2023 -->
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<html>
<head>
<meta name="generator" content="groff -Thtml, see www.gnu.org">
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII">
<meta name="Content-Style" content="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
p { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
pre { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
table { margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; vertical-align: top }
h1 { text-align: center }
</style>
<title>RNANO</title>
</head>
<body>
<h1 align="center">RNANO</h1>
<a href="#NAME">NAME</a><br>
<a href="#SYNOPSIS">SYNOPSIS</a><br>
<a href="#DESCRIPTION">DESCRIPTION</a><br>
<a href="#OPTIONS">OPTIONS</a><br>
<a href="#BUGS">BUGS</a><br>
<a href="#HOMEPAGE">HOMEPAGE</a><br>
<a href="#SEE ALSO">SEE ALSO</a><br>
<hr>
<h2>NAME
<a name="NAME"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">rnano - a
restricted nano</p>
<h2>SYNOPSIS
<a name="SYNOPSIS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>rnano</b>
[<i>options</i>]
[[+<i>line</i>[,<i>column</i>]]&nbsp;<i>file</i>]...</p>
<h2>DESCRIPTION
<a name="DESCRIPTION"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>rnano</b>
runs the <b>nano</b> editor in restricted mode. This allows
editing only the specified file or files, and doesn&rsquo;t
allow the user access to the filesystem nor to a command
shell.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">In restricted
mode, <b>nano</b> will:</p>
<table width="100%" border="0" rules="none" frame="void"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0">
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="1%">
<p>&bull;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="86%">
<p>not allow suspending;</p></td></tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="1%">
<p>&bull;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="86%">
<p>not allow saving the current buffer under a different
name;</p> </td></tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="1%">
<p>&bull;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="86%">
<p>not allow inserting another file or opening a new
buffer;</p> </td></tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="1%">
<p>&bull;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="86%">
<p>not allow appending or prepending to any file;</p></td></tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td width="11%"></td>
<td width="1%">
<p>&bull;</p></td>
<td width="2%"></td>
<td width="86%">
<p>not make backup files nor do spell checking.</p></td></tr>
</table>
<h2>OPTIONS
<a name="OPTIONS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><b>-h</b>,
<b>--help</b></p>
<p style="margin-left:22%;">Show the available command-line
options and exit.</p>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">For all
existing options, see the <b>nano</b>(1) man page.</p>
<h2>BUGS
<a name="BUGS"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em">Please report
bugs via
<i>https://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?group=nano</i>.</p>
<h2>HOMEPAGE
<a name="HOMEPAGE"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i>https://nano-editor.org/</i></p>
<h2>SEE ALSO
<a name="SEE ALSO"></a>
</h2>
<p style="margin-left:11%; margin-top: 1em"><i><b>nano</b></i>(1)</p>
<hr>
</body>
</html>

331
doc/sample.nanorc.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
## Sample initialization file for GNU nano.
##
## For the options that take parameters, the default value is shown.
## Other options are unset by default. To make sure that an option
## is disabled, you can use "unset <option>".
##
## Characters that are special in a shell should not be escaped here.
## Inside string parameters, quotes should not be escaped -- the last
## double quote on the line will be seen as the closing quote.
## Make 'nextword' (Ctrl+Right) and 'chopwordright' (Ctrl+Delete)
## stop at word ends instead of at beginnings.
# set afterends
## When soft line wrapping is enabled, make it wrap lines at blanks
## (tabs and spaces) instead of always at the edge of the screen.
# set atblanks
## Automatically indent a newly created line to the same number of
## tabs and/or spaces as the preceding line -- or as the next line
## if the preceding line is the beginning of a paragraph.
# set autoindent
## Back up files to the current filename plus a tilde.
# set backup
## The directory to put unique backup files in.
# set backupdir ""
## Use bold text instead of reverse video text.
# set boldtext
## Treat any line with leading whitespace as the beginning of a paragraph.
# set bookstyle
## The characters treated as closing brackets when justifying paragraphs.
## This may not include any blank characters. Only closing punctuation,
## optionally followed by these closing brackets, can end sentences.
# set brackets ""')>]}"
## Automatically hard-wrap the current line when it becomes overlong.
# set breaklonglines
## Do case-sensitive searches by default.
# set casesensitive
## Constantly display the cursor position in the status bar or minibar.
# set constantshow
## Use cut-from-cursor-to-end-of-line by default.
# set cutfromcursor
## Do not use the line below the title bar, leaving it entirely blank.
# set emptyline
## Set the target width for automatic hard-wrapping and for justifying
## paragraphs. If the specified value is 0 or less, the wrapping point
## will be the terminal's width minus this number.
# set fill -8
## Draw a vertical stripe at the given column, to help judge text width.
## (This option does not have a default value.)
# set guidestripe 75
## Remember the used search/replace strings for the next session.
# set historylog
## Display a "scrollbar" on the righthand side of the edit window.
# set indicator
## Scroll the buffer contents per half-screen instead of per line.
# set jumpyscrolling
## Display line numbers to the left (and any anchors in the margin).
# set linenumbers
## Enable vim-style lock-files. This is just to let a vim user know you
## are editing a file [s]he is trying to edit and vice versa. There are
## no plans to implement vim-style undo state in these files.
# set locking
## Fall back to slow libmagic to try and determine an applicable syntax.
# set magic
## The opening and closing brackets that are found by a matching-bracket
## search. This may not contain blank characters. The opening brackets
## must come before the closing ones, and they must be in the same order.
# set matchbrackets "(<[{)>]}"
## Suppress the title bar and show the filename plus a cursor-position
## percentage in the space of the status bar.
# set minibar
## Enable mouse support, if available for your system. When enabled,
## mouse clicks can be used to place the cursor, set the mark (with a
## double click), and execute shortcuts. The mouse will work in the
## X Window System, and on the console when gpm is running.
# set mouse
## Switch on multiple file buffers (inserting a file will put it into
## a separate buffer).
# set multibuffer
## Don't convert files from DOS/Mac format.
# set noconvert
## Don't display the helpful shortcut lists at the bottom of the screen.
# set nohelp
## Don't automatically add a newline when a file does not end with one.
# set nonewlines
## Set operating directory. nano will not read or write files outside
## this directory and its subdirectories. Also, the current directory
## is changed to here, so any files are inserted from this dir. A blank
## string means the operating-directory feature is turned off.
# set operatingdir ""
## Remember the cursor position in each file for the next editing session.
# set positionlog
## Preserve the XON and XOFF keys (^Q and ^S).
# set preserve
## The characters treated as closing punctuation when justifying paragraphs.
## This may not contain blank characters. Only these closing punctuations,
## optionally followed by closing brackets, can end sentences.
# set punct "!.?"
## Make status-bar messages disappear after 1 keystroke instead of after 20.
# set quickblank
## The regular expression that matches quoting characters in email
## or line-comment introducers in source code. The default is:
# set quotestr "^([ ]*([!#%:;>|}]|//))+"
## Try to work around a mismatching terminfo terminal description.
# set rawsequences
## Fix Backspace/Delete confusion problem.
# set rebinddelete
## Do regular-expression searches by default.
## Regular expressions are of the extended type (ERE).
# set regexp
## Save a changed buffer automatically on exit; don't prompt.
# set saveonexit
## Put the cursor on the highlighted item in the file browser, and
## show the cursor in the help viewer; useful for people who use a
## braille display and people with poor vision.
# set showcursor
## Make the Home key smarter: when Home is pressed anywhere but at the
## very beginning of non-whitespace characters on a line, the cursor
## will jump to that beginning (either forwards or backwards). If the
## cursor is already at that position, it will jump to the true start
## of the line (the left edge).
# set smarthome
## Spread overlong lines over multiple screen lines.
# set softwrap
## Use this spelling checker instead of the internal one. This option
## does not have a default value.
# set speller "aspell -x -c"
## Use the end of the title bar for some state flags: I = auto-indenting,
## M = mark, L = hard-wrapping long lines, R = recording, S = soft-wrapping.
# set stateflags
## Use this tab size instead of the default; it must be greater than 0.
# set tabsize 8
## Convert each typed tab to the fitting number of spaces.
# set tabstospaces
## Snip whitespace at the end of lines when justifying or hard-wrapping.
# set trimblanks
## Save files by default in Unix format (also when they were DOS or Mac).
# set unix
## The two single-column characters used to display the first characters
## of tabs and spaces. 187 in ISO 8859-1 (0000BB in Unicode) and 183 in
## ISO-8859-1 (0000B7 in Unicode) seem to be good values for these.
## The default when in a UTF-8 locale:
# set whitespace "»·"
## The default otherwise:
# set whitespace ">."
## Detect word boundaries differently by treating punctuation
## characters as parts of words.
# set wordbounds
## The characters (besides alphanumeric ones) that should be considered
## as parts of words. This option does not have a default value. When
## set, it overrides option 'set wordbounds'.
# set wordchars "<_>."
## Let an unmodified Backspace or Delete erase the marked region (instead
## of a single character, and without affecting the cutbuffer).
# set zap
## Hide the bars plus help lines and use the whole terminal as edit area.
# set zero
## Paint the interface elements of nano. These are examples; there are
## no colors by default, except for errorcolor and spotlightcolor.
# set titlecolor bold,white,blue
# set promptcolor lightwhite,grey
# set statuscolor bold,white,green
# set errorcolor bold,white,red
# set spotlightcolor black,lightyellow
# set selectedcolor lightwhite,magenta
# set stripecolor ,yellow
# set scrollercolor cyan
# set numbercolor cyan
# set keycolor cyan
# set functioncolor green
## In root's .nanorc you might want to use:
# set titlecolor bold,white,magenta
# set promptcolor black,yellow
# set statuscolor bold,white,magenta
# set errorcolor bold,white,red
# set spotlightcolor black,orange
# set selectedcolor lightwhite,cyan
# set stripecolor ,yellow
# set scrollercolor magenta
# set numbercolor magenta
# set keycolor lightmagenta
# set functioncolor magenta
## === Syntax coloring ===
## For all details, see 'man nanorc', section SYNTAX HIGHLIGHTING.
## To include most of the existing syntax definitions, you can do:
# include "@PKGDATADIR@/*.nanorc"
## Or you can select just the ones you need. For example:
# include "@PKGDATADIR@/html.nanorc"
# include "@PKGDATADIR@/python.nanorc"
# include "@PKGDATADIR@/sh.nanorc"
## In @PKGDATADIR@/extra/ you can find some syntaxes that are
## specific for certain distros or for some less common languages.
## If <Tab> should always produce four spaces when editing a Python file,
## independent of the settings of 'tabsize' and 'tabstospaces':
# extendsyntax python tabgives " "
## If <Tab> should always produce an actual TAB when editing a Makefile:
# extendsyntax makefile tabgives " "
## === Key bindings ===
## For all details, see 'man nanorc', section REBINDING KEYS.
## If you want to suspend nano with one keystroke (instead of with ^T^Z):
# bind ^Z suspend main
## The <Ctrl+Delete> keystroke deletes the word to the right of the cursor.
## On some terminals the <Ctrl+Backspace> keystroke produces ^H, which is
## the ASCII character for backspace, so it is bound by default to the
## backspace function. The <Backspace> key itself produces a different
## keycode, which is hard-bound to the backspace function. So, if you
## normally use <Backspace> for backspacing and not ^H, you can make
## <Ctrl+Backspace> delete the word to the left of the cursor with:
# bind ^H chopwordleft main
## For a more mnemonic Comment keystroke (overriding Cut-from-cursor):
# bind M-K comment main
## If you want ^L to just refresh the screen and not center the cursor:
# bind ^L refresh main
## When you sometimes type M-J instead of M-K, or M-T instead of M-R:
# unbind M-J main
# unbind M-T main
## (Those functions are still accessible through ^T^J and ^T^V.)
## For quickly uppercasing or lowercasing the word under or after the cursor.
## (These effectively select a word and pipe it through a sed command.)
#bind Sh-M-U "{nextword}{mark}{prevword}{execute}|sed 's/.*/\U&/'{enter}" main
#bind Sh-M-L "{nextword}{mark}{prevword}{execute}|sed 's/.*/\L&/'{enter}" main
## For copying a marked region to the system clipboard:
# bind Sh-M-T "{execute}|xsel -ib{enter}{undo}" main
## For snipping trailing blanks when you save a file:
# bind ^S "{execute}| sed 's/\s\+$//' {enter}{savefile}" main
## If you would like nano to have keybindings that are more "usual",
## such as ^O for Open, ^F for Find, ^H for Help, and ^Q for Quit,
## then uncomment these:
#bind ^X cut main
#bind ^C copy main
#bind ^V paste all
#bind ^Q exit all
#bind ^S savefile main
#bind ^W writeout main
#bind ^O insert main
#set multibuffer
#bind ^H help all
#bind ^H exit help
#bind ^F whereis all
#bind ^G findnext all
#bind ^B wherewas all
#bind ^D findprevious all
#bind ^R replace main
#unbind ^U all
#unbind ^N main
#unbind ^Y all
#unbind M-J main
#unbind M-T main
#bind ^A mark main
#bind ^P location main
#bind ^T gotoline main
#bind ^T gotodir browser
#bind ^T cutrestoffile execute
#bind ^L linter execute
#bind ^E execute main
#bind ^K "{mark}{end}{zap}" main
#bind ^U "{mark}{home}{zap}" main
#bind ^Z undo main
#bind ^Y redo main

11772
doc/texinfo.tex Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

541
install-sh Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
mkdir_umask=22
backupsuffix=
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-p pass -p to $cpprog.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) backupsuffix="$2"
shift;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
# Don't chown directories that already exist.
if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
chowncmd=""
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
# The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap '
ret=$?
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
exit $ret
' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p'.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || {
# Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
# which would cause strip to fail.
if test -z "$doit"; then
: >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
else
$doit touch "$dsttmp"
fi
}
} &&
$doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
# already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
# e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
fi
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:

3337
lib/Makefile.am Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

6984
lib/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

45
lib/_Noreturn.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that a function does not return.
Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _Noreturn
# if (defined __cplusplus \
&& ((201103 <= __cplusplus && !(__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 7)) \
|| (defined _MSC_VER && 1900 <= _MSC_VER)) \
&& 0)
/* [[noreturn]] is not practically usable, because with it the syntax
extern _Noreturn void func (...);
would not be valid; such a declaration would only be valid with 'extern'
and '_Noreturn' swapped, or without the 'extern' keyword. However, some
AIX system header files and several gnulib header files use precisely
this syntax with 'extern'. */
# define _Noreturn [[noreturn]]
# elif ((!defined __cplusplus || defined __clang__) \
&& (201112 <= (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) \
|| (!defined __STRICT_ANSI__ \
&& (4 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) \
|| (defined __apple_build_version__ \
? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
: 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))))
/* _Noreturn works as-is. */
# elif (2 < __GNUC__ + (8 <= __GNUC_MINOR__) || defined __clang__ \
|| 0x5110 <= __SUNPRO_C)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# elif 1200 <= (defined _MSC_VER ? _MSC_VER : 0)
# define _Noreturn __declspec (noreturn)
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif

167
lib/alloca.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
This file is in the public domain. */
/* (Mostly) portable implementation -- D A Gwyn
This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
There are some preprocessor constants that can
be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
The general concept of this implementation is to keep
track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */
#include <config.h>
#include <alloca.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* If compiling with GCC or clang, this file is not needed. */
#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */
# ifndef alloca
/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
deduced at run-time.
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
# ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
# define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */
# endif
# if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
# define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */
# else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */
static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */
# define STACK_DIR stack_dir
static int
find_stack_direction (int *addr, int depth)
{
int dir, dummy = 0;
if (! addr)
addr = &dummy;
*addr = addr < &dummy ? 1 : addr == &dummy ? 0 : -1;
dir = depth ? find_stack_direction (addr, depth - 1) : 0;
return dir + dummy;
}
# endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
/* An "alloca header" is used to:
(a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
(b) keep track of stack depth.
It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */
# ifndef ALIGN_SIZE
# define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double)
# endif
typedef union hdr
{
char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */
struct
{
union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */
char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */
} h;
} header;
static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */
/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space
was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */
void *
alloca (size_t size)
{
auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */
register char *depth = &probe;
# if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */
STACK_DIR = find_stack_direction (NULL, (size & 1) + 20);
# endif
/* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
{
register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */
for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
|| (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
{
register header *np = hp->h.next;
free (hp); /* Collect garbage. */
hp = np; /* -> next header. */
}
else
break; /* Rest are not deeper. */
last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */
}
if (size == 0)
return NULL; /* No allocation required. */
/* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */
{
/* Address of header. */
register header *new;
size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
memory_full ();
new = malloc (combined_size);
if (! new)
memory_full ();
new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
new->h.deep = depth;
last_alloca_header = new;
/* User storage begins just after header. */
return (void *) (new + 1);
}
}
# endif /* no alloca */
#endif /* not GCC || clang */

72
lib/alloca.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
/* Some version of mingw have an <alloca.h> that causes trouble when
included after 'alloca' gets defined as a macro. As a workaround,
include this <alloca.h> first and define 'alloca' as a macro afterwards
if needed. */
# if defined __GNUC__ && (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__) && @HAVE_ALLOCA_H@
# include_next <alloca.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifndef alloca
# if defined __GNUC__ || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __DECC && defined __VMS
# define alloca __ALLOCA
# elif defined __TANDEM && defined _TNS_E_TARGET
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *_alloca (unsigned short);
# pragma intrinsic (_alloca)
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined __MVS__
# include <stdlib.h>
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

26
lib/arg-nonnull.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/* A C macro for declaring that specific arguments must not be NULL.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* _GL_ARG_NONNULL((n,...,m)) tells the compiler and static analyzer tools
that the values passed as arguments n, ..., m must be non-NULL pointers.
n = 1 stands for the first argument, n = 2 for the second argument etc. */
#ifndef _GL_ARG_NONNULL
# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) || defined __clang__
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
# endif
#endif

34
lib/asnprintf.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "vasnprintf.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
char *
asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
char *result;
va_start (args, format);
result = vasnprintf (resultbuf, lengthp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return result;
}

27
lib/assert.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/* Substitute for and wrapper around <assert.h>
Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Do not guard the include, since <assert.h> is supposed to define
the assert macro each time it is included. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ASSERT_H@
/* The definition of static_assert is copied here. */

57
lib/assure.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* Run-time assert-like macros.
Copyright (C) 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#ifndef _GL_ASSURE_H
#define _GL_ASSURE_H
#include <assert.h>
#include "verify.h"
/* Evaluate an assertion E that is guaranteed to be true.
If NDEBUG is not defined, abort the program if E is false.
If NDEBUG is defined, the compiler can assume E and behavior is
undefined if E is false, fails to evaluate, or has side effects.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro evaluates E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos, avoid some GCC warnings, and
improve performance when E is simple enough.
Also see the documentation for 'assume' in verify.h. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define affirm(E) assume (E)
#else
# define affirm(E) assert (E)
#endif
/* Check E's value at runtime, and report an error and abort if not.
However, do nothing if NDEBUG is defined.
Unlike standard 'assert', this macro compiles E even when NDEBUG
is defined, so as to catch typos and avoid some GCC warnings.
Unlike 'affirm', it is OK for E to use hard-to-optimize features,
since E is not executed if NDEBUG is defined. */
#ifdef NDEBUG
# define assure(E) ((void) (0 && (E)))
#else
# define assure(E) assert (E)
#endif
#endif

146
lib/at-func.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/* Define at-style functions like fstatat, unlinkat, fchownat, etc.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include "filename.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
# include <errno.h>
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
# endif
#else
# include "openat.h"
# include "openat-priv.h"
# include "save-cwd.h"
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
# define CALL_FUNC(F) \
(flag == AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND \
? AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS) \
: AT_FUNC_F2 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) \
if (flag & ~AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND) \
{ \
errno = EINVAL; \
return FUNC_FAIL; \
}
#else
# define CALL_FUNC(F) (AT_FUNC_F1 (F AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS))
# define VALIDATE_FLAG(F) /* empty */
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_RESULT
# define FUNC_RESULT AT_FUNC_RESULT
#else
# define FUNC_RESULT int
#endif
#ifdef AT_FUNC_FAIL
# define FUNC_FAIL AT_FUNC_FAIL
#else
# define FUNC_FAIL -1
#endif
/* Call AT_FUNC_F1 to operate on FILE, which is in the directory
open on descriptor FD. If AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND is defined to a value,
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS must include a parameter named flag;
call AT_FUNC_F2 if FLAG is 0 or fail if FLAG contains more bits than
AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND. Return int and fail with -1 unless AT_FUNC_RESULT
or AT_FUNC_FAIL are defined. If possible, do it without changing the
working directory. Otherwise, resort to using save_cwd/fchdir,
then AT_FUNC_F?/restore_cwd. If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd
fails, then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero. */
FUNC_RESULT
AT_FUNC_NAME (int fd, char const *file AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS)
{
VALIDATE_FLAG (flag);
if (fd == AT_FDCWD || IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (file))
return CALL_FUNC (file);
#ifdef GNULIB_SUPPORT_ONLY_AT_FDCWD
errno = ENOTSUP;
return FUNC_FAIL;
#else
{
/* Be careful to choose names unlikely to conflict with
AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS. */
struct saved_cwd saved_cwd;
int saved_errno;
FUNC_RESULT err;
{
char proc_buf[OPENAT_BUFFER_SIZE];
char *proc_file = openat_proc_name (proc_buf, fd, file);
if (proc_file)
{
FUNC_RESULT proc_result = CALL_FUNC (proc_file);
int proc_errno = errno;
if (proc_file != proc_buf)
free (proc_file);
/* If the syscall succeeds, or if it fails with an unexpected
errno value, then return right away. Otherwise, fall through
and resort to using save_cwd/restore_cwd. */
if (FUNC_FAIL != proc_result)
return proc_result;
if (! EXPECTED_ERRNO (proc_errno))
{
errno = proc_errno;
return proc_result;
}
}
}
if (save_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_save_fail (errno);
if (0 <= fd && fd == saved_cwd.desc)
{
/* If saving the working directory collides with the user's
requested fd, then the user's fd must have been closed to
begin with. */
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = EBADF;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
if (fchdir (fd) != 0)
{
saved_errno = errno;
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
errno = saved_errno;
return FUNC_FAIL;
}
err = CALL_FUNC (file);
saved_errno = (err == FUNC_FAIL ? errno : 0);
if (restore_cwd (&saved_cwd) != 0)
openat_restore_fail (errno);
free_cwd (&saved_cwd);
if (saved_errno)
errno = saved_errno;
return err;
}
#endif
}
#undef CALL_FUNC
#undef FUNC_RESULT
#undef FUNC_FAIL

226
lib/attribute.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/* ATTRIBUTE_* macros for using attributes in GCC and similar compilers
Copyright 2020-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
/* Provide public ATTRIBUTE_* names for the private _GL_ATTRIBUTE_*
macros used within Gnulib. */
/* These attributes can be placed in two ways:
- At the start of a declaration (i.e. even before storage-class
specifiers!); then they apply to all entities that are declared
by the declaration.
- Immediately after the name of an entity being declared by the
declaration; then they apply to that entity only. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
#define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H
/* This file defines two types of attributes:
* C23 standard attributes. These have macro names that do not begin with
'ATTRIBUTE_'.
* Selected GCC attributes; see:
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Variable-Attributes.html
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Type-Attributes.html
These names begin with 'ATTRIBUTE_' to avoid name clashes. */
/* =============== Attributes for specific kinds of functions =============== */
/* Attributes for functions that should not be used. */
/* Warn if the entity is used. */
/* Applies to:
- function, variable,
- struct, union, struct/union member,
- enumeration, enumeration item,
- typedef,
in C++ also: namespace, class, template specialization. */
#define DEPRECATED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED
/* If a function call is not optimized way, warn with MSG. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_WARNING(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_WARNING (msg)
/* If a function call is not optimized way, report an error with MSG. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ERROR(msg) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ERROR (msg)
/* Attributes for memory-allocating functions. */
/* The function returns a pointer to freshly allocated memory. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
/* ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((N)) - The Nth argument of the function
is the size of the returned memory block.
ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE ((M, N)) - Multiply the Mth and Nth arguments
to determine the size of the returned memory block. */
/* Applies to: function, pointer to function, function types. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALLOC_SIZE (args)
/* ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
function F.
ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE declares that the function returns pointers that
can be freed via 'free'; it can be used only after declaring 'free'. */
/* Applies to: functions. Cannot be used on inline functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
#define ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
/* Attributes for variadic functions. */
/* The variadic function expects a trailing NULL argument.
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL () - The last argument is NULL (requires C99).
ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL ((N)) - The (N+1)st argument from the end is NULL. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL(pos) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SENTINEL (pos)
/* ================== Attributes for compiler diagnostics ================== */
/* Attributes that help the compiler diagnose programmer mistakes.
Some of them may also help for some compiler optimizations. */
/* ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((ARCHETYPE, STRING-INDEX, FIRST-TO-CHECK)) -
The STRING-INDEXth function argument is a format string of style
ARCHETYPE, which is one of:
printf, gnu_printf
scanf, gnu_scanf,
strftime, gnu_strftime,
strfmon,
or the same thing prefixed and suffixed with '__'.
If FIRST-TO-CHECK is not 0, arguments starting at FIRST-TO_CHECK
are suitable for the format string. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT (spec)
/* ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL ((N1, N2,...)) - Arguments N1, N2,... must not be NULL.
ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL () - All pointer arguments must not be null. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL(args) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONNULL (args)
/* The function's return value is a non-NULL pointer. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL
/* Warn if the caller does not use the return value,
unless the caller uses something like ignore_value. */
/* Applies to: function, enumeration, class. */
#define NODISCARD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NODISCARD
/* Attributes that disable false alarms when the compiler diagnoses
programmer "mistakes". */
/* Do not warn if the entity is not used. */
/* Applies to:
- function, variable,
- struct, union, struct/union member,
- enumeration, enumeration item,
- typedef,
in C++ also: class. */
#define MAYBE_UNUSED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAYBE_UNUSED
/* The contents of a character array is not meant to be NUL-terminated. */
/* Applies to: struct/union members and variables that are arrays of element
type '[[un]signed] char'. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
/* Do not warn if control flow falls through to the immediately
following 'case' or 'default' label. */
/* Applies to: Empty statement (;), inside a 'switch' statement. */
#define FALLTHROUGH _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FALLTHROUGH
/* ================== Attributes for debugging information ================== */
/* Attributes regarding debugging information emitted by the compiler. */
/* Omit the function from stack traces when debugging. */
/* Applies to: function. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ARTIFICIAL
/* Make the entity visible to debuggers etc., even with '-fwhole-program'. */
/* Applies to: functions, variables. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_EXTERNALLY_VISIBLE
/* ========== Attributes that mainly direct compiler optimizations ========== */
/* The function does not throw exceptions. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOTHROW
/* Do not inline the function. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_NOINLINE
/* Always inline the function, and report an error if the compiler
cannot inline. */
/* Applies to: function. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same arguments.
This attribute is safe for a function that neither depends on
nor affects observable state, and always returns exactly once -
e.g., does not loop forever, and does not call longjmp.
(This attribute is stricter than ATTRIBUTE_PURE.) */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_CONST _GL_ATTRIBUTE_CONST
/* It is OK for a compiler to omit duplicate calls with the same
arguments if observable state is not changed between calls.
This attribute is safe for a function that does not affect
observable state, and always returns exactly once.
(This attribute is looser than ATTRIBUTE_CONST.) */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_PURE _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
/* The function is rarely executed. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_COLD _GL_ATTRIBUTE_COLD
/* If called from some other compilation unit, the function executes
code from that unit only by return or by exception handling,
letting the compiler optimize that unit more aggressively. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_LEAF _GL_ATTRIBUTE_LEAF
/* For struct members: The member has the smallest possible alignment.
For struct, union, class: All members have the smallest possible alignment,
minimizing the memory required. */
/* Applies to: struct members, struct, union,
in C++ also: class. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
/* ================ Attributes that make invalid code valid ================ */
/* Attributes that prevent fatal compiler optimizations for code that is not
fully ISO C compliant. */
/* Pointers to the type may point to the same storage as pointers to
other types, thus disabling strict aliasing optimization. */
/* Applies to: types. */
#define ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MAY_ALIAS
#endif /* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_H */

70
lib/basename-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "basename-lgpl.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "filename.h"
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool last_was_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
last_was_slash = true;
else if (last_was_slash)
{
base = p;
last_was_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

78
lib/basename-lgpl.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/* Extract the last component (base name) of a file name.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _BASENAME_LGPL_H
#define _BASENAME_LGPL_H
#include <stddef.h>
#ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Return the address of the last file name component of FILENAME.
If FILENAME has some trailing slash(es), they are considered to be
part of the last component.
If FILENAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string.
Examples:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo.c" "foo.c"
"foo/bar.c" "bar.c"
"/foo/bar.c" "bar.c"
"foo/bar/" "bar/"
"foo/bar//" "bar//"
"/" ""
"//" ""
"" ""
The return value is a tail of the given FILENAME; do NOT free() it! */
/* This function was traditionally called 'basename', but we avoid this
function name because
* Various platforms have different functions in their libc.
In particular, the glibc basename(), defined in <string.h>, does
not consider trailing slashes to be part of the component:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo/bar/" ""
"foo/bar//" ""
* The 'basename' command eliminates trailing slashes and for a root
produces a non-empty result:
FILENAME RESULT
"foo/bar/" "bar"
"foo/bar//" "bar"
"/" "/"
"//" "/"
*/
extern char *last_component (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
/* Return the length of the basename FILENAME.
Typically FILENAME is the value returned by base_name or last_component.
Act like strlen (FILENAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
extern size_t base_len (char const *filename) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* _BASENAME_LGPL_H */

39
lib/btowc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/* Convert unibyte character to wide character.
Copyright (C) 2008, 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2008.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <wchar.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
wint_t
btowc (int c)
{
if (c != EOF)
{
char buf[1];
wchar_t wc;
buf[0] = c;
if (mbtowc (&wc, buf, 1) >= 0)
return wc;
}
return WEOF;
}

331
lib/c++defs.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
/* C++ compatible function declaration macros.
Copyright (C) 2010-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _GL_CXXDEFS_H
#define _GL_CXXDEFS_H
/* Begin/end the GNULIB_NAMESPACE namespace. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE {
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE }
#else
# define _GL_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_END_NAMESPACE
#endif
/* The three most frequent use cases of these macros are:
* For providing a substitute for a function that is missing on some
platforms, but is declared and works fine on the platforms on which
it exists:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if !@HAVE_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on all platforms,
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
* For providing a replacement for a function that exists on some platforms
but is broken/insufficient and needs to be replaced on some of them and
is additionally either missing or undeclared on some other platforms:
#if @GNULIB_FOO@
# if @REPLACE_FOO@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef foo
# define foo rpl_foo
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (foo, ...);
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (foo, ...);
# else
# if !@HAVE_FOO@ or if !@HAVE_DECL_FOO@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (foo, ...);
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (foo);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
...
#endif
*/
/* _GL_EXTERN_C declaration;
performs the declaration with C linkage. */
#if defined __cplusplus
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern "C"
#else
# define _GL_EXTERN_C extern
#endif
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares a replacement function, named rpl_func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1 (rpl_##func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes)
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL_1(rpl_func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype rpl_func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
declares the system function, named func, with the given prototype,
consisting of return type, parameters, and attributes.
Example:
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
*/
#define _GL_FUNCDECL_SYS(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C rettype func parameters_and_attributes
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to rpl_func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping rpl_func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to rpl_func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_##func, rettype, parameters)
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::rpl_func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
is to be used when func is a Microsoft deprecated alias, on native Windows.
It declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to _func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
*/
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_1 (func, rpl_func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function rpl_func may have a slightly different
declaration. A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error
that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::rpl_func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1(func,rpl_func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#define _GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL_CAST_1 (func, _##func, rettype, parameters)
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
declares a C++ alias called GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func
that redirects to the system provided function func, if GNULIB_NAMESPACE
is defined.
Example:
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
Wrapping func in an object with an inline conversion operator
avoids a reference to func unless GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is
actually used in the program. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return ::func; \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (func, rettype, parameters);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function func may have a slightly different declaration.
A cast is used to silence the "invalid conversion" error that would
otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>(::func); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST(func,rettype,parameters) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2 (func, rettype, parameters, rettype2, parameters2);
is like _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (func, rettype, parameters);
except that the C function is picked among a set of overloaded functions,
namely the one with rettype2 and parameters2. Two consecutive casts
are used to silence the "cannot find a match" and "invalid conversion"
errors that would otherwise occur. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
/* The outer cast must be a reinterpret_cast.
The inner cast: When the function is defined as a set of overloaded
functions, it works as a static_cast<>, choosing the designated variant.
When the function is defined as a single variant, it works as a
reinterpret_cast<>. The parenthesized cast syntax works both ways. */
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
namespace GNULIB_NAMESPACE \
{ \
static const struct _gl_ ## func ## _wrapper \
{ \
typedef rettype (*type) parameters; \
\
inline operator type () const \
{ \
return reinterpret_cast<type>((rettype2 (*) parameters2)(::func)); \
} \
} func = {}; \
} \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST2(func,rettype,parameters,rettype2,parameters2) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN (func);
causes a warning to be emitted when ::func is used but not when
GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. func must be defined without overloaded
variants. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_1 (func, GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_1(func,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN_2 (func, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (func, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# elif __GNUC__ >= 3 && GNULIB_STRICT_CHECKING
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
extern __typeof__ (func) func
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN_2(func,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN(func) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
/* _GL_CXXALIASWARN1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes);
causes a warning to be emitted when the given overloaded variant of ::func
is used but not when GNULIB_NAMESPACE::func is used. */
#if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2 (func, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, namespace)
/* To work around GCC bug <https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=43881>,
we enable the warning only when not optimizing. */
# if !(defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__ && __OPTIMIZE__)
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_WARN_ON_USE_CXX (func, rettype, rettype, parameters_and_attributes, \
"The symbol ::" #func " refers to the system function. " \
"Use " #namespace "::" #func " instead.")
# else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1_2(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes,namespace) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
# endif
#else
# define _GL_CXXALIASWARN1(func,rettype,parameters_and_attributes) \
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_cxxalias_dummy
#endif
#endif /* _GL_CXXDEFS_H */

707
lib/cdefs.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1992-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Copyright The GNU Toolchain Authors.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _SYS_CDEFS_H
#define _SYS_CDEFS_H 1
/* We are almost always included from features.h. */
#ifndef _FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
/* The GNU libc does not support any K&R compilers or the traditional mode
of ISO C compilers anymore. Check for some of the combinations not
supported anymore. */
#if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __STDC__
# error "You need a ISO C conforming compiler to use the glibc headers"
#endif
/* Some user header file might have defined this before. */
#undef __P
#undef __PMT
/* Compilers that lack __has_attribute may object to
#if defined __has_attribute && __has_attribute (...)
even though they do not need to evaluate the right-hand side of the &&.
Similarly for __has_builtin, etc. */
#if (defined __has_attribute \
&& (!defined __clang_minor__ \
|| (defined __apple_build_version__ \
? 6000000 <= __apple_build_version__ \
: 3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) __has_attribute (attr)
#else
# define __glibc_has_attribute(attr) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_builtin
# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) __has_builtin (name)
#else
# define __glibc_has_builtin(name) 0
#endif
#ifdef __has_extension
# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) __has_extension (ext)
#else
# define __glibc_has_extension(ext) 0
#endif
#if defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__
/* All functions, except those with callbacks or those that
synchronize memory, are leaf functions. */
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) && !defined _LIBC
# define __LEAF , __leaf__
# define __LEAF_ATTR __attribute__ ((__leaf__))
# else
# define __LEAF
# define __LEAF_ATTR
# endif
/* GCC can always grok prototypes. For C++ programs we add throw()
to help it optimize the function calls. But this only works with
gcc 2.8.x and egcs. For gcc 3.4 and up we even mark C functions
as non-throwing using a function attribute since programs can use
the -fexceptions options for C code as well. */
# if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (3, 4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nothrow__))
# define __THROW __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF))
# define __THROWNL __attribute__ ((__nothrow__))
# define __NTH(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__ __LEAF)) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) __attribute__ ((__nothrow__)) fct
# else
# if defined __cplusplus && (__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __clang_major >= 4)
# if __cplusplus >= 201103L
# define __THROW noexcept (true)
# else
# define __THROW throw ()
# endif
# define __THROWNL __THROW
# define __NTH(fct) __LEAF_ATTR fct __THROW
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct __THROW
# else
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
# define __NTHNL(fct) fct
# endif
# endif
#else /* Not GCC or clang. */
# if (defined __cplusplus \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L))
# define __inline inline
# else
# define __inline /* No inline functions. */
# endif
# define __THROW
# define __THROWNL
# define __NTH(fct) fct
#endif /* GCC || clang. */
/* These two macros are not used in glibc anymore. They are kept here
only because some other projects expect the macros to be defined. */
#define __P(args) args
#define __PMT(args) args
/* For these things, GCC behaves the ANSI way normally,
and the non-ANSI way under -traditional. */
#define __CONCAT(x,y) x ## y
#define __STRING(x) #x
/* This is not a typedef so `const __ptr_t' does the right thing. */
#define __ptr_t void *
/* C++ needs to know that types and declarations are C, not C++. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
# define __BEGIN_DECLS extern "C" {
# define __END_DECLS }
#else
# define __BEGIN_DECLS
# define __END_DECLS
#endif
/* Fortify support. */
#define __bos(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 1)
#define __bos0(ptr) __builtin_object_size (ptr, 0)
/* Use __builtin_dynamic_object_size at _FORTIFY_SOURCE=3 when available. */
#if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3 && (__glibc_clang_prereq (9, 0) \
|| __GNUC_PREREQ (12, 0))
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 0)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __builtin_dynamic_object_size (__o, 1)
#else
# define __glibc_objsize0(__o) __bos0 (__o)
# define __glibc_objsize(__o) __bos (__o)
#endif
/* Compile time conditions to choose between the regular, _chk and _chk_warn
variants. These conditions should get evaluated to constant and optimized
away. */
#define __glibc_safe_len_cond(__l, __s, __osz) ((__l) <= (__osz) / (__s))
#define __glibc_unsigned_or_positive(__l) \
((__typeof (__l)) 0 < (__typeof (__l)) -1 \
|| (__builtin_constant_p (__l) && (__l) > 0))
/* Length is known to be safe at compile time if the __L * __S <= __OBJSZ
condition can be folded to a constant and if it is true, or unknown (-1) */
#define __glibc_safe_or_unknown_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
((__osz) == (__SIZE_TYPE__) -1 \
|| (__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
&& __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
(__s), (__osz))) \
&& __glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), (__s), (__osz))))
/* Conversely, we know at compile time that the length is unsafe if the
__L * __S <= __OBJSZ condition can be folded to a constant and if it is
false. */
#define __glibc_unsafe_len(__l, __s, __osz) \
(__glibc_unsigned_or_positive (__l) \
&& __builtin_constant_p (__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), \
__s, __osz)) \
&& !__glibc_safe_len_cond ((__SIZE_TYPE__) (__l), __s, __osz))
/* Fortify function f. __f_alias, __f_chk and __f_chk_warn must be
declared. */
#define __glibc_fortify(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
(__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
: (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, __osz) \
: __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, __osz))) \
/* Fortify function f, where object size argument passed to f is the number of
elements and not total size. */
#define __glibc_fortify_n(f, __l, __s, __osz, ...) \
(__glibc_safe_or_unknown_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _alias (__VA_ARGS__) \
: (__glibc_unsafe_len (__l, __s, __osz) \
? __ ## f ## _chk_warn (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)) \
: __ ## f ## _chk (__VA_ARGS__, (__osz) / (__s)))) \
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __warnattr(msg) __attribute__((__warning__ (msg)))
# define __errordecl(name, msg) \
extern void name (void) __attribute__((__error__ (msg)))
#else
# define __warnattr(msg)
# define __errordecl(name, msg) extern void name (void)
#endif
/* Support for flexible arrays.
Headers that should use flexible arrays only if they're "real"
(e.g. only if they won't affect sizeof()) should test
#if __glibc_c99_flexarr_available. */
#if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L && !defined __HP_cc
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || defined __clang__
/* GCC 2.97 and clang support C99 flexible array members as an extension,
even when in C89 mode or compiling C++ (any version). */
# define __flexarr []
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#elif defined __GNUC__
/* Pre-2.97 GCC did not support C99 flexible arrays but did have
an equivalent extension with slightly different notation. */
# define __flexarr [0]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 1
#else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. Approximate with [1]. */
# define __flexarr [1]
# define __glibc_c99_flexarr_available 0
#endif
/* __asm__ ("xyz") is used throughout the headers to rename functions
at the assembly language level. This is wrapped by the __REDIRECT
macro, in order to support compilers that can do this some other
way. When compilers don't support asm-names at all, we have to do
preprocessor tricks instead (which don't have exactly the right
semantics, but it's the best we can do).
Example:
int __REDIRECT(setpgrp, (__pid_t pid, __pid_t pgrp), setpgid); */
#if (defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2) || (__clang_major__ >= 4)
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROW __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __THROWNL __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias))
# else
# define __REDIRECT_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROW
# define __REDIRECT_NTHNL(name, proto, alias) \
name proto __asm__ (__ASMNAME (#alias)) __THROWNL
# endif
# define __ASMNAME(cname) __ASMNAME2 (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, cname)
# define __ASMNAME2(prefix, cname) __STRING (prefix) cname
/*
#elif __SOME_OTHER_COMPILER__
# define __REDIRECT(name, proto, alias) name proto; \
_Pragma("let " #name " = " #alias)
*/
#endif
/* GCC and clang have various useful declarations that can be made with
the '__attribute__' syntax. All of the ways we use this do fine if
they are omitted for compilers that don't understand it. */
#if !(defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
# define __attribute__(xyz) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `malloc' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__malloc__)
# define __attribute_malloc__ __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
#else
# define __attribute_malloc__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which arguments to an allocation function
indicate the size of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 3)
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_size__ params))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_size__(params) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* Tell the compiler which argument to an allocation function
indicates the alignment of the allocation. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__alloc_align__)
# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) \
__attribute__ ((__alloc_align__ param))
#else
# define __attribute_alloc_align__(param) /* Ignore. */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.96 development the `pure' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,96) || __glibc_has_attribute (__pure__)
# define __attribute_pure__ __attribute__ ((__pure__))
#else
# define __attribute_pure__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* This declaration tells the compiler that the value is constant. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,5) || __glibc_has_attribute (__const__)
# define __attribute_const__ __attribute__ ((__const__))
#else
# define __attribute_const__ /* Ignore */
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,7) || __glibc_has_attribute (__unused__)
# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#else
# define __attribute_maybe_unused__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 3.1 development the `used' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __glibc_has_attribute (__used__)
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__used__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ __attribute__ ((__noinline__))
#else
# define __attribute_used__ __attribute__ ((__unused__))
# define __attribute_noinline__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 3.2, gcc allows marking deprecated functions. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__deprecated__)
# define __attribute_deprecated__ __attribute__ ((__deprecated__))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Since version 4.5, gcc also allows one to specify the message printed
when a deprecated function is used. clang claims to be gcc 4.2, but
may also support this feature. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,5) \
|| __glibc_has_extension (__attribute_deprecated_with_message__)
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) \
__attribute__ ((__deprecated__ (msg)))
#else
# define __attribute_deprecated_msg__(msg) __attribute_deprecated__
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.8 development the `format_arg' attribute
for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it unconditionally
(although this would be possible) since it generates warnings.
If several `format_arg' attributes are given for the same function, in
gcc-3.0 and older, all but the last one are ignored. In newer gccs,
all designated arguments are considered. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format_arg__)
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (x)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_arg__(x) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* At some point during the gcc 2.97 development the `strfmon' format
attribute for functions was introduced. We don't want to use it
unconditionally (although this would be possible) since it
generates warnings. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,97) || __glibc_has_attribute (__format__)
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) \
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__strfmon__, a, b)))
#else
# define __attribute_format_strfmon__(a,b) /* Ignore */
#endif
/* The nonnull function attribute marks pointer parameters that
must not be NULL. This has the name __nonnull in glibc,
and __attribute_nonnull__ in files shared with Gnulib to avoid
collision with a different __nonnull in DragonFlyBSD 5.9. */
#ifndef __attribute_nonnull__
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__nonnull__)
# define __attribute_nonnull__(params) __attribute__ ((__nonnull__ params))
# else
# define __attribute_nonnull__(params)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __nonnull
# define __nonnull(params) __attribute_nonnull__ (params)
#endif
/* The returns_nonnull function attribute marks the return type of the function
as always being non-null. */
#ifndef __returns_nonnull
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) || __glibc_has_attribute (__returns_nonnull__)
# define __returns_nonnull __attribute__ ((__returns_nonnull__))
# else
# define __returns_nonnull
# endif
#endif
/* If fortification mode, we warn about unused results of certain
function calls which can lead to problems. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,4) || __glibc_has_attribute (__warn_unused_result__)
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ \
__attribute__ ((__warn_unused_result__))
# if defined __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL && __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL > 0
# define __wur __attribute_warn_unused_result__
# endif
#else
# define __attribute_warn_unused_result__ /* empty */
#endif
#ifndef __wur
# define __wur /* Ignore */
#endif
/* Forces a function to be always inlined. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (3,2) || __glibc_has_attribute (__always_inline__)
/* The Linux kernel defines __always_inline in stddef.h (283d7573), and
it conflicts with this definition. Therefore undefine it first to
allow either header to be included first. */
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline __attribute__ ((__always_inline__))
#else
# undef __always_inline
# define __always_inline __inline
#endif
/* Associate error messages with the source location of the call site rather
than with the source location inside the function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) || __glibc_has_attribute (__artificial__)
# define __attribute_artificial__ __attribute__ ((__artificial__))
#else
# define __attribute_artificial__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above with -std=c99 or -std=gnu99 implements ISO C99
inline semantics, unless -fgnu89-inline is used. Using __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
or __GNUC_GNU_INLINE is not a good enough check for gcc because gcc versions
older than 4.3 may define these macros and still not guarantee GNU inlining
semantics.
clang++ identifies itself as gcc-4.2, but has support for GNU inlining
semantics, that can be checked for by using the __GNUC_STDC_INLINE_ and
__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__ macro definitions. */
#if (!defined __cplusplus || __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3) \
|| (defined __clang__ && (defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ \
|| defined __GNUC_GNU_INLINE__)))
# if defined __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__ || defined __cplusplus
# define __extern_inline extern __inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# define __extern_always_inline \
extern __always_inline __attribute__ ((__gnu_inline__))
# else
# define __extern_inline extern __inline
# define __extern_always_inline extern __always_inline
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __extern_always_inline
# define __fortify_function __extern_always_inline __attribute_artificial__
#endif
/* GCC 4.3 and above allow passing all anonymous arguments of an
__extern_always_inline function to some other vararg function. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,3)
# define __va_arg_pack() __builtin_va_arg_pack ()
# define __va_arg_pack_len() __builtin_va_arg_pack_len ()
#endif
/* It is possible to compile containing GCC extensions even if GCC is
run in pedantic mode if the uses are carefully marked using the
`__extension__' keyword. But this is not generally available before
version 2.8. */
#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,8) || defined __clang__)
# define __extension__ /* Ignore */
#endif
/* __restrict is known in EGCS 1.2 and above, and in clang.
It works also in C++ mode (outside of arrays), but only when spelled
as '__restrict', not 'restrict'. */
#if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (2,92) || __clang_major__ >= 3)
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict /* Ignore */
# endif
#endif
/* ISO C99 also allows to declare arrays as non-overlapping. The syntax is
array_name[restrict]
GCC 3.1 and clang support this.
This syntax is not usable in C++ mode. */
#if (__GNUC_PREREQ (3,1) || __clang_major__ >= 3) && !defined __cplusplus
# define __restrict_arr __restrict
#else
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported in old GCC. */
# else
# if defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
# define __restrict_arr restrict
# else
/* Some other non-C99 compiler. */
# define __restrict_arr /* Not supported. */
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || __glibc_has_builtin (__builtin_expect)
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
#else
# define __glibc_unlikely(cond) (cond)
# define __glibc_likely(cond) (cond)
#endif
#if (!defined _Noreturn \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4,7) \
|| (3 < __clang_major__ + (5 <= __clang_minor__))))
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define _Noreturn __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# else
# define _Noreturn
# endif
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (8, 0)
/* Describes a char array whose address can safely be passed as the first
argument to strncpy and strncat, as the char array is not necessarily
a NUL-terminated string. */
# define __attribute_nonstring__ __attribute__ ((__nonstring__))
#else
# define __attribute_nonstring__
#endif
/* Undefine (also defined in libc-symbols.h). */
#undef __attribute_copy__
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (9, 0)
/* Copies attributes from the declaration or type referenced by
the argument. */
# define __attribute_copy__(arg) __attribute__ ((__copy__ (arg)))
#else
# define __attribute_copy__(arg)
#endif
#if (!defined _Static_assert && !defined __cplusplus \
&& (defined __STDC_VERSION__ ? __STDC_VERSION__ : 0) < 201112 \
&& (!(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 6) || __clang_major__ >= 4) \
|| defined __STRICT_ANSI__))
# define _Static_assert(expr, diagnostic) \
extern int (*__Static_assert_function (void)) \
[!!sizeof (struct { int __error_if_negative: (expr) ? 2 : -1; })]
#endif
/* Gnulib avoids including these, as they don't work on non-glibc or
older glibc platforms. */
#ifndef __GNULIB_CDEFS
# include <bits/wordsize.h>
# include <bits/long-double.h>
#endif
#if __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
/* Alias name defined automatically. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
/* Alias name defined automatically, with leading underscores. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (__##name) __##name \
__asm (__ASMNAME ("__" #name "ieee128"));
/* Alias name defined manually. */
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) ... unused__ldbl_redir1
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __##alias##ieee128)
/* Unused. */
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) ... unused__redirect_ldbl
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) ... unused__ldbl_redir_nth
# else
_Static_assert (0, "IEEE 128-bits long double requires redirection on this platform");
# endif
#elif defined __LONG_DOUBLE_MATH_OPTIONAL && defined __NO_LONG_DOUBLE_MATH
# define __LDBL_COMPAT 1
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (__##name) __##name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl___" #name));
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_DECL(name, alias) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME (#alias));
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name) \
extern __typeof (name) name __asm (__ASMNAME ("__nldbl_" #name));
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1 (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__LDBL_REDIR1_NTH (name, proto, __nldbl_##alias)
# endif
#endif
#if (!defined __LDBL_COMPAT && __LDOUBLE_REDIRECTS_TO_FLOAT128_ABI == 0) \
|| !defined __REDIRECT
# define __LDBL_REDIR1(name, proto, alias) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR(name, proto) name proto
# define __LDBL_REDIR1_NTH(name, proto, alias) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR_NTH(name, proto) name proto __THROW
# define __LDBL_REDIR2_DECL(name)
# define __LDBL_REDIR_DECL(name)
# ifdef __REDIRECT
# define __REDIRECT_LDBL(name, proto, alias) __REDIRECT (name, proto, alias)
# define __REDIRECT_NTH_LDBL(name, proto, alias) \
__REDIRECT_NTH (name, proto, alias)
# endif
#endif
/* __glibc_macro_warning (MESSAGE) issues warning MESSAGE. This is
intended for use in preprocessor macros.
Note: MESSAGE must be a _single_ string; concatenation of string
literals is not supported. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4,8) || __glibc_clang_prereq (3,5)
# define __glibc_macro_warning1(message) _Pragma (#message)
# define __glibc_macro_warning(message) \
__glibc_macro_warning1 (GCC warning message)
#else
# define __glibc_macro_warning(msg)
#endif
/* Generic selection (ISO C11) is a C-only feature, available in GCC
since version 4.9. Previous versions do not provide generic
selection, even though they might set __STDC_VERSION__ to 201112L,
when in -std=c11 mode. Thus, we must check for !defined __GNUC__
when testing __STDC_VERSION__ for generic selection support.
On the other hand, Clang also defines __GNUC__, so a clang-specific
check is required to enable the use of generic selection. */
#if !defined __cplusplus \
&& (__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 9) \
|| __glibc_has_extension (c_generic_selections) \
|| (!defined __GNUC__ && defined __STDC_VERSION__ \
&& __STDC_VERSION__ >= 201112L))
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 1
#else
# define __HAVE_GENERIC_SELECTION 0
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (10, 0)
/* Designates a 1-based positional argument ref-index of pointer type
that can be used to access size-index elements of the pointed-to
array according to access mode, or at least one element when
size-index is not provided:
access (access-mode, <ref-index> [, <size-index>]) */
# define __attr_access(x) __attribute__ ((__access__ x))
/* For _FORTIFY_SOURCE == 3 we use __builtin_dynamic_object_size, which may
use the access attribute to get object sizes from function definition
arguments, so we can't use them on functions we fortify. Drop the object
size hints for such functions. */
# if __USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL == 3
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attribute__ ((__access__ (a, o)))
# else
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s) __attr_access ((a, o, s))
# endif
# if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
# define __attr_access_none(argno) __attribute__ ((__access__ (__none__, argno)))
# else
# define __attr_access_none(argno)
# endif
#else
# define __fortified_attr_access(a, o, s)
# define __attr_access(x)
# define __attr_access_none(argno)
#endif
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (11, 0)
/* Designates dealloc as a function to call to deallocate objects
allocated by the declared function. */
# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno) \
__attribute__ ((__malloc__ (dealloc, argno)))
# define __attr_dealloc_free __attr_dealloc (__builtin_free, 1)
#else
# define __attr_dealloc(dealloc, argno)
# define __attr_dealloc_free
#endif
/* Specify that a function such as setjmp or vfork may return
twice. */
#if __GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1)
# define __attribute_returns_twice__ __attribute__ ((__returns_twice__))
#else
# define __attribute_returns_twice__ /* Ignore. */
#endif
#endif /* sys/cdefs.h */

263
lib/chdir-long.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Jim Meyering */
#include <config.h>
#include "chdir-long.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "assure.h"
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# error "compile this file only if your system defines PATH_MAX"
#endif
/* The results of openat() in this file are not leaked to any
single-threaded code that could use stdio.
FIXME - if the kernel ever adds support for multi-thread safety for
avoiding standard fds, then we should use openat_safer. */
struct cd_buf
{
int fd;
};
static void
cdb_init (struct cd_buf *cdb)
{
cdb->fd = AT_FDCWD;
}
static int
cdb_fchdir (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
return fchdir (cdb->fd);
}
static void
cdb_free (struct cd_buf const *cdb)
{
if (0 <= cdb->fd)
{
bool close_fail = close (cdb->fd);
assure (! close_fail);
}
}
/* Given a file descriptor of an open directory (or AT_FDCWD), CDB->fd,
try to open the CDB->fd-relative directory, DIR. If the open succeeds,
update CDB->fd with the resulting descriptor, close the incoming file
descriptor, and return zero. Upon failure, return -1 and set errno. */
static int
cdb_advance_fd (struct cd_buf *cdb, char const *dir)
{
int new_fd = openat (cdb->fd, dir,
O_SEARCH | O_DIRECTORY | O_NOCTTY | O_NONBLOCK);
if (new_fd < 0)
return -1;
cdb_free (cdb);
cdb->fd = new_fd;
return 0;
}
/* Return a pointer to the first non-slash in S. */
static char * _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
find_non_slash (char const *s)
{
size_t n_slash = strspn (s, "/");
return (char *) s + n_slash;
}
/* This is a function much like chdir, but without the PATH_MAX limitation
on the length of the directory name. A significant difference is that
it must be able to modify (albeit only temporarily) the directory
name. It handles an arbitrarily long directory name by operating
on manageable portions of the name. On systems without the openat
syscall, this means changing the working directory to more and more
"distant" points along the long directory name and then restoring
the working directory. If any of those attempts to save or restore
the working directory fails, this function exits nonzero.
Note that this function may still fail with errno == ENAMETOOLONG, but
only if the specified directory name contains a component that is long
enough to provoke such a failure all by itself (e.g. if the component
has length PATH_MAX or greater on systems that define PATH_MAX). */
int
chdir_long (char *dir)
{
int e = chdir (dir);
if (e == 0 || errno != ENAMETOOLONG)
return e;
{
size_t len = strlen (dir);
char *dir_end = dir + len;
struct cd_buf cdb;
size_t n_leading_slash;
cdb_init (&cdb);
/* If DIR is the empty string, then the chdir above
must have failed and set errno to ENOENT. */
assure (0 < len);
assure (PATH_MAX <= len);
/* Count leading slashes. */
n_leading_slash = strspn (dir, "/");
/* Handle any leading slashes as well as any name that matches
the regular expression, m!^//hostname[/]*! . Handling this
prefix separately usually results in a single additional
cdb_advance_fd call, but it's worthwhile, since it makes the
code in the following loop cleaner. */
if (n_leading_slash == 2)
{
int err;
/* Find next slash.
We already know that dir[2] is neither a slash nor '\0'. */
char *slash = memchr (dir + 3, '/', dir_end - (dir + 3));
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
else if (n_leading_slash)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, "/") != 0)
goto Fail;
dir += n_leading_slash;
}
assure (*dir != '/');
assure (dir <= dir_end);
while (PATH_MAX <= dir_end - dir)
{
int err;
/* Find a slash that is PATH_MAX or fewer bytes away from dir.
I.e. see if there is a slash that will give us a name of
length PATH_MAX-1 or less. */
char *slash = memrchr (dir, '/', PATH_MAX);
if (slash == NULL)
{
errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
return -1;
}
*slash = '\0';
assure (slash - dir < PATH_MAX);
err = cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir);
*slash = '/';
if (err != 0)
goto Fail;
dir = find_non_slash (slash + 1);
}
if (dir < dir_end)
{
if (cdb_advance_fd (&cdb, dir) != 0)
goto Fail;
}
if (cdb_fchdir (&cdb) != 0)
goto Fail;
cdb_free (&cdb);
return 0;
Fail:
{
int saved_errno = errno;
cdb_free (&cdb);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
}
}
#if TEST_CHDIR
# include "closeout.h"
# include "error.h"
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
char *line = NULL;
size_t n = 0;
int len;
atexit (close_stdout);
len = getline (&line, &n, stdin);
if (len < 0)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
if (feof (stdin))
exit (0);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, saved_errno,
"reading standard input");
}
else if (len == 0)
exit (0);
if (line[len-1] == '\n')
line[len-1] = '\0';
if (chdir_long (line) != 0)
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno,
"chdir_long failed: %s", line);
if (argc <= 1)
{
/* Using 'pwd' here makes sense only if it is a robust implementation,
like the one in coreutils after the 2004-04-19 changes. */
char const *cmd = "pwd";
execlp (cmd, (char *) NULL);
error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "%s", cmd);
}
fclose (stdin);
fclose (stderr);
exit (EXIT_SUCCESS);
}
#endif
/*
Local Variables:
compile-command: "gcc -DTEST_CHDIR=1 -g -O -W -Wall chdir-long.c libcoreutils.a"
End:
*/

30
lib/chdir-long.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/* provide a chdir function that tries not to fail due to ENAMETOOLONG
Copyright (C) 2004-2005, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "pathmax.h"
/* On systems without PATH_MAX, presume that chdir accepts
arbitrarily long directory names. */
#ifndef PATH_MAX
# define chdir_long(Dir) chdir (Dir)
#else
int chdir_long (char *dir);
#endif

83
lib/cloexec.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 1991, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* The code is taken from glibc/manual/llio.texi */
#include <config.h>
#include "cloexec.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int
set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value)
{
#ifdef F_SETFD
int flags = fcntl (desc, F_GETFD, 0);
if (0 <= flags)
{
int newflags = (value ? flags | FD_CLOEXEC : flags & ~FD_CLOEXEC);
if (flags == newflags
|| fcntl (desc, F_SETFD, newflags) != -1)
return 0;
}
return -1;
#else /* !F_SETFD */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors; the cloexec flag
will be unaffected. */
if (desc < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
if (dup2 (desc, desc) < 0)
/* errno is EBADF here. */
return -1;
/* There is nothing we can do on this kind of platform. Punt. */
return 0;
#endif /* !F_SETFD */
}
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int
dup_cloexec (int fd)
{
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0);
}

34
lib/cloexec.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* cloexec.c - set or clear the close-on-exec descriptor flag
Copyright (C) 2004, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Set the 'FD_CLOEXEC' flag of DESC if VALUE is true,
or clear the flag if VALUE is false.
Return 0 on success, or -1 on error with 'errno' set.
Note that on MingW, this function does NOT protect DESC from being
inherited into spawned children. Instead, either use dup_cloexec
followed by closing the original DESC, or use interfaces such as
open or pipe2 that accept flags like O_CLOEXEC to create DESC
non-inheritable in the first place. */
int set_cloexec_flag (int desc, bool value);
/* Duplicates a file handle FD, while marking the copy to be closed
prior to exec or spawn. Returns -1 and sets errno if FD could not
be duplicated. */
int dup_cloexec (int fd);

75
lib/close.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/* close replacement.
Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include "fd-hook.h"
#if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
#endif
#undef close
#if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
close_nothrow (int fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = _close (fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = -1;
errno = EBADF;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
# else
# define close_nothrow _close
# endif
#else
# define close_nothrow close
#endif
/* Override close() to call into other gnulib modules. */
int
rpl_close (int fd)
{
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
int retval = execute_all_close_hooks (close_nothrow, fd);
#else
int retval = close_nothrow (fd);
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

71
lib/closedir.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/* Stop reading the entries of a directory.
Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <dirent.h>
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
/* Override closedir(), to keep track of the open file descriptors.
Needed because there is a function dirfd(). */
#else
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "dirent-private.h"
#endif
int
closedir (DIR *dirp)
{
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR || REPLACE_DIRFD
int fd = dirfd (dirp);
# endif
int retval;
#if HAVE_CLOSEDIR
# undef closedir
retval = closedir (dirp);
# ifdef __KLIBC__
if (!retval)
_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (fd);
# endif
#else
if (dirp->current != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
FindClose (dirp->current);
free (dirp);
retval = 0;
#endif
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (retval >= 0)
_gl_unregister_fd (fd);
#endif
return retval;
}

57
lib/ctype.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
/* A substitute for ISO C99 <ctype.h>, for platforms on which it is incomplete.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible. */
/*
* ISO C 99 <ctype.h> for platforms on which it is incomplete.
* <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/basedefs/ctype.h.html>
*/
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* Include the original <ctype.h>. */
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_CTYPE_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Return non-zero if c is a blank, i.e. a space or tab character. */
#if @GNULIB_ISBLANK@
# if !@HAVE_ISBLANK@
_GL_EXTERN_C int isblank (int c);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef isblank
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ISBLANK
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (isblank, "isblank is unportable - "
"use gnulib module isblank for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_CTYPE_H */

44
lib/dirent-private.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/* Private details of the DIR type.
Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H
#define _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H 1
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
/* Don't assume that UNICODE is not defined. */
#undef WIN32_FIND_DATA
#define WIN32_FIND_DATA WIN32_FIND_DATAA
struct gl_directory
{
/* Status, or error code to produce in next readdir() call.
-2 means the end of the directory is already reached,
-1 means the entry was already filled by FindFirstFile,
0 means the entry needs to be filled using FindNextFile.
A positive value is an error code. */
int status;
/* Handle, reading the directory, at current position. */
HANDLE current;
/* Found directory entry. */
WIN32_FIND_DATA entry;
/* Argument to pass to FindFirstFile. It consists of the absolutized
directory name, followed by a directory separator and the wildcards. */
char dir_name_mask[1];
};
#endif /* _DIRENT_PRIVATE_H */

321
lib/dirent.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
/* A GNU-like <dirent.h>.
Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#if @HAVE_DIRENT_H@
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_DIRENT_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H
/* Get ino_t. Needed on some systems, including glibc 2.8. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#if !@HAVE_DIRENT_H@
/* Define types DIR and 'struct dirent'. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent
struct dirent
{
char d_type;
char d_name[1];
};
/* Possible values for 'd_type'. */
# define DT_UNKNOWN 0
# define DT_FIFO 1 /* FIFO */
# define DT_CHR 2 /* character device */
# define DT_DIR 4 /* directory */
# define DT_BLK 6 /* block device */
# define DT_REG 8 /* regular file */
# define DT_LNK 10 /* symbolic link */
# define DT_SOCK 12 /* socket */
# define DT_WHT 14 /* whiteout */
typedef struct gl_directory DIR;
# define GNULIB_defined_struct_dirent 1
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (F, I) declares that the function returns pointers
that can be freed by passing them as the Ith argument to the
function F. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC
# if __GNUC__ >= 11
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i) __attribute__ ((__malloc__ (f, i)))
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC(f, i)
# endif
#endif
/* _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC declares that the function returns a pointer to freshly
allocated memory. */
/* Applies to: functions. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# if __GNUC__ >= 3 || defined __clang__
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
# endif
#endif
/* The __attribute__ feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.
The attribute __pure__ was added in gcc 2.96. */
#ifndef _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 96) || defined __clang__
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE __attribute__ ((__pure__))
# else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE /* empty */
# endif
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Declare overridden functions. */
#if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@
# if @REPLACE_CLOSEDIR@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef closedir
# define closedir rpl_closedir
# define GNULIB_defined_closedir 1
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
# else
# if !@HAVE_CLOSEDIR@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (closedir, int, (DIR *dirp));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (closedir);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef closedir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_CLOSEDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (closedir, "closedir is not portable - "
"use gnulib module closedir for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_OPENDIR@
# if @REPLACE_OPENDIR@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef opendir
# define opendir rpl_opendir
# define GNULIB_defined_opendir 1
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (opendir, DIR *,
(const char *dir_name)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
# else
# if !@HAVE_OPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
(const char *dir_name)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (opendir, DIR *, (const char *dir_name));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (opendir);
#else
# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined opendir
/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate opendir with closedir or
rpl_closedir. */
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (opendir, DIR *,
(const char *dir_name)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1))
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
# endif
# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef opendir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (opendir, "opendir is not portable - "
"use gnulib module opendir for portability");
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_READDIR@
# if !@HAVE_READDIR@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (readdir, struct dirent *, (DIR *dirp));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (readdir);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef readdir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_READDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (readdir, "readdir is not portable - "
"use gnulib module readdir for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_REWINDDIR@
# if !@HAVE_REWINDDIR@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (rewinddir, void, (DIR *dirp));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (rewinddir);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef rewinddir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_REWINDDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (rewinddir, "rewinddir is not portable - "
"use gnulib module rewinddir for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_DIRFD@
/* Return the file descriptor associated with the given directory stream,
or -1 if none exists. */
# if @REPLACE_DIRFD@
/* On kLIBC, dirfd() is a macro that does not work. Undefine it. */
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE) || defined dirfd
# undef dirfd
# define dirfd rpl_dirfd
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
# ifdef __KLIBC__
/* Gnulib internal hooks needed to maintain the dirfd metadata. */
_GL_EXTERN_C int _gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2));
_GL_EXTERN_C void _gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd);
# endif
# else
# if defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && defined dirfd
/* dirfd is defined as a macro and not as a function.
Turn it into a function and get rid of the macro. */
static inline int (dirfd) (DIR *dp) { return dirfd (dp); }
# undef dirfd
# endif
# if !(@HAVE_DECL_DIRFD@ || defined dirfd)
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (dirfd, int, (DIR *));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (dirfd);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef dirfd
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_DIRFD
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (dirfd, "dirfd is unportable - "
"use gnulib module dirfd for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_FDOPENDIR@
/* Open a directory stream visiting the given directory file
descriptor. Return NULL and set errno if fd is not visiting a
directory. On success, this function consumes fd (it will be
implicitly closed either by this function or by a subsequent
closedir). */
# if @REPLACE_FDOPENDIR@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef fdopendir
# define fdopendir rpl_fdopendir
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *,
(int fd)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
# else
# if !@HAVE_FDOPENDIR@ || !@HAVE_DECL_FDOPENDIR@ || __GNUC__ >= 11
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
(int fd)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *, (int fd));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fdopendir);
#else
# if @GNULIB_CLOSEDIR@ && __GNUC__ >= 11 && !defined fdopendir
/* For -Wmismatched-dealloc: Associate fdopendir with closedir or
rpl_closedir. */
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fdopendir, DIR *,
(int fd)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC (closedir, 1));
# endif
# if defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef fdopendir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FDOPENDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fdopendir, "fdopendir is unportable - "
"use gnulib module fdopendir for portability");
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_SCANDIR@
/* Scan the directory DIR, calling FILTER on each directory entry.
Entries for which FILTER returns nonzero are individually malloc'd,
sorted using qsort with CMP, and collected in a malloc'd array in
*NAMELIST. Returns the number of entries selected, or -1 on error. */
# if !@HAVE_SCANDIR@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (scandir, int,
(const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **))
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2, 4)));
# endif
/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the fourth parameter is
int (*cmp) (const void *, const void *). */
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (scandir, int,
(const char *dir, struct dirent ***namelist,
int (*filter) (const struct dirent *),
int (*cmp) (const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (scandir);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef scandir
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_SCANDIR
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (scandir, "scandir is unportable - "
"use gnulib module scandir for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_ALPHASORT@
/* Compare two 'struct dirent' entries alphabetically. */
# if !@HAVE_ALPHASORT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (alphasort, int,
(const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
# endif
/* Need to cast, because on glibc systems, the parameters are
(const void *, const void *). */
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS_CAST (alphasort, int,
(const struct dirent **, const struct dirent **));
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (alphasort);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef alphasort
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_ALPHASORT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (alphasort, "alphasort is unportable - "
"use gnulib module alphasort for portability");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_DIRENT_H */

98
lib/dirfd.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
Copyright (C) 2001, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef __KLIBC__
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <io.h>
static struct dirp_fd_list
{
DIR *dirp;
int fd;
struct dirp_fd_list *next;
} *dirp_fd_start = NULL;
/* Register fd associated with dirp to dirp_fd_list. */
int
_gl_register_dirp_fd (int fd, DIR *dirp)
{
struct dirp_fd_list *new_dirp_fd = malloc (sizeof *new_dirp_fd);
if (!new_dirp_fd)
return -1;
new_dirp_fd->dirp = dirp;
new_dirp_fd->fd = fd;
new_dirp_fd->next = dirp_fd_start;
dirp_fd_start = new_dirp_fd;
return 0;
}
/* Unregister fd from dirp_fd_list with closing it */
void
_gl_unregister_dirp_fd (int fd)
{
struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd_prev;
for (dirp_fd_prev = NULL, dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd;
dirp_fd_prev = dirp_fd, dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
{
if (dirp_fd->fd == fd)
{
if (dirp_fd_prev)
dirp_fd_prev->next = dirp_fd->next;
else /* dirp_fd == dirp_fd_start */
dirp_fd_start = dirp_fd_start->next;
close (fd);
free (dirp_fd);
break;
}
}
}
#endif
int
dirfd (DIR *dir_p)
{
int fd = DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
if (fd == -1)
#ifndef __KLIBC__
errno = ENOTSUP;
#else
{
struct dirp_fd_list *dirp_fd;
for (dirp_fd = dirp_fd_start; dirp_fd; dirp_fd = dirp_fd->next)
if (dirp_fd->dirp == dir_p)
return dirp_fd->fd;
errno = EINVAL;
}
#endif
return fd;
}

86
lib/dirname-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000-2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though 'dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin 'dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin 'dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with malloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Return NULL on failure.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
mdir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
if (!dir)
return NULL;
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}

53
lib/dirname.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdlib.h>
# include "filename.h"
# include "basename-lgpl.h"
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
# if GNULIB_DIRNAME
char *base_name (char const *file)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
char *dir_name (char const *file)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
# endif
char *mdir_name (char const *file)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;
size_t dir_len (char const *file) _GL_ATTRIBUTE_PURE;
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

38
lib/dup-safer-flag.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/* Duplicate a file descriptor result, avoiding clobbering
STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "unistd-safer.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
STDERR_FILENO. If FLAG contains O_CLOEXEC, behave like
fcntl(F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC) rather than fcntl(F_DUPFD). */
int
dup_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
{
return fcntl (fd, (flag & O_CLOEXEC) ? F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC : F_DUPFD,
STDERR_FILENO + 1);
}

34
lib/dup-safer.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2004-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "unistd-safer.h"
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
STDERR_FILENO. */
int
dup_safer (int fd)
{
return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
}

189
lib/dup2.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2004-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#undef dup2
#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
# include "msvc-inval.h"
# endif
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_MSVC_INVALID_PARAMETER_HANDLER
static int
dup2_nothrow (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
TRY_MSVC_INVAL
{
result = _dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
}
CATCH_MSVC_INVAL
{
errno = EBADF;
result = -1;
}
DONE_MSVC_INVAL;
return result;
}
# else
# define dup2_nothrow _dup2
# endif
static int
ms_windows_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
/* If fd is closed, mingw hangs on dup2 (fd, fd). If fd is open,
dup2 (fd, fd) returns 0, but all further attempts to use fd in
future dup2 calls will hang. */
if (fd == desired_fd)
{
if ((HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
return fd;
}
/* Wine 1.0.1 return 0 when desired_fd is negative but not -1:
https://bugs.winehq.org/show_bug.cgi?id=21289 */
if (desired_fd < 0)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
result = dup2_nothrow (fd, desired_fd);
if (result == 0)
result = desired_fd;
return result;
}
# define dup2 ms_windows_dup2
#elif defined __KLIBC__
# include <InnoTekLIBC/backend.h>
static int
klibc_dup2dirfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int tempfd;
int dupfd;
tempfd = open ("NUL", O_RDONLY);
if (tempfd == -1)
return -1;
if (tempfd == desired_fd)
{
close (tempfd);
char path[_MAX_PATH];
if (__libc_Back_ioFHToPath (fd, path, sizeof (path)))
return -1;
return open(path, O_RDONLY);
}
dupfd = klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
close (tempfd);
return dupfd;
}
static int
klibc_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int dupfd;
struct stat sbuf;
dupfd = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
if (dupfd == -1 && errno == ENOTSUP \
&& !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
{
close (desired_fd);
return klibc_dup2dirfd (fd, desired_fd);
}
return dupfd;
}
# define dup2 klibc_dup2
#endif
int
rpl_dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
{
int result;
#ifdef F_GETFL
/* On Linux kernels 2.6.26-2.6.29, dup2 (fd, fd) returns -EBADF.
On Cygwin 1.5.x, dup2 (1, 1) returns 0.
On Cygwin 1.7.17, dup2 (1, -1) dumps core.
On Cygwin 1.7.25, dup2 (1, 256) can dump core.
On Haiku, dup2 (fd, fd) mistakenly clears FD_CLOEXEC. */
# if HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE
setdtablesize (desired_fd + 1);
# endif
if (desired_fd < 0)
fd = desired_fd;
if (fd == desired_fd)
return fcntl (fd, F_GETFL) == -1 ? -1 : fd;
#endif
result = dup2 (fd, desired_fd);
/* Correct an errno value on FreeBSD 6.1 and Cygwin 1.5.x. */
if (result == -1 && errno == EMFILE)
errno = EBADF;
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (fd != desired_fd && result != -1)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
#endif
return result;
}

284
lib/dynarray.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
/* Type-safe arrays which grow dynamically.
Copyright 2021-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Bruno Haible, 2021. */
#ifndef _GL_DYNARRAY_H
#define _GL_DYNARRAY_H
/* Before including this file, you need to define:
DYNARRAY_STRUCT
The struct tag of dynamic array to be defined.
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
The type name of the element type. Elements are copied
as if by memcpy, and can change address as the dynamic
array grows.
DYNARRAY_PREFIX
The prefix of the functions which are defined.
The following parameters are optional:
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE (E) is evaluated to deallocate the
contents of elements. E is of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT (E) is evaluated to initialize a new
element. E is of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *.
If DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE but not DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_INIT is
defined, new elements are automatically zero-initialized.
Otherwise, new elements have undefined contents.
DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE
The size of the statically allocated array (default:
at least 2, more elements if they fit into 128 bytes).
Must be a preprocessor constant. If DYNARRAY_INITIAL_SIZE is 0,
there is no statically allocated array at, and all non-empty
arrays are heap-allocated.
DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
The name of the type which holds the final array. If not
defined, is PREFIX##finalize not provided. DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
must be a struct type, with members of type DYNARRAY_ELEMENT and
size_t at the start (in this order).
These macros are undefined after this header file has been
included.
The following types are provided (their members are private to the
dynarray implementation):
struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT
The following functions are provided:
*/
/* Initialize a dynamic array object. This must be called before any
use of the object. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##init (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Deallocate the dynamic array and its elements. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##free (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Return true if the dynamic array is in an error state. */
#if 0
static bool
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##has_failed (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Mark the dynamic array as failed. All elements are deallocated as
a side effect. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##mark_failed (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Return the number of elements which have been added to the dynamic
array. */
#if 0
static size_t
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##size (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Return a pointer to the first array element, if any. For a
zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
array has not entered the failure state. */
#if 0
static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##begin (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Return a pointer one element past the last array element. For a
zero-length array, the pointer can be NULL even though the dynamic
array has not entered the failure state. */
#if 0
static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##end (const struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Return a pointer to the array element at INDEX. Terminate the
process if INDEX is out of bounds. */
#if 0
static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##at (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t index);
#endif
/* Add ITEM at the end of the array, enlarging it by one element.
Mark *LIST as failed if the dynamic array allocation size cannot be
increased. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##add (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT item);
#endif
/* Allocate a place for a new element in *LIST and return a pointer to
it. The pointer can be NULL if the dynamic array cannot be
enlarged due to a memory allocation failure. */
#if 0
static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##emplace (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Change the size of *LIST to SIZE. If SIZE is larger than the
existing size, new elements are added (which can be initialized).
Otherwise, the list is truncated, and elements are freed. Return
false on memory allocation failure (and mark *LIST as failed). */
#if 0
static bool
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##resize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list, size_t size);
#endif
/* Remove the last element of LIST if it is present. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##remove_last (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
/* Remove all elements from the list. The elements are freed, but the
list itself is not. */
#if 0
static void
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##clear (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list);
#endif
#if defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE
/* Transfer the dynamic array to a permanent location at *RESULT.
Returns true on success on false on allocation failure. In either
case, *LIST is re-initialized and can be reused. A NULL pointer is
stored in *RESULT if LIST refers to an empty list. On success, the
pointer in *RESULT is heap-allocated and must be deallocated using
free. */
#if 0
static bool
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE *result);
#endif
#else /* !defined DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE */
/* Transfer the dynamic array to a heap-allocated array and return a
pointer to it. The pointer is NULL if memory allocation fails, or
if the array is empty, so this function should be used only for
arrays which are known not be empty (usually because they always
have a sentinel at the end). If LENGTHP is not NULL, the array
length is written to *LENGTHP. *LIST is re-initialized and can be
reused. */
#if 0
static DYNARRAY_ELEMENT *
DYNARRAY_PREFIX##finalize (struct DYNARRAY_STRUCT *list,
size_t *lengthp);
#endif
#endif
/* A minimal example which provides a growing list of integers can be
defined like this:
struct int_array
{
// Pointer to result array followed by its length,
// as required by DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE.
int *array;
size_t length;
};
#define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_int
#define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT int
#define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_int_
#define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct int_array
#include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
To create a three-element array with elements 1, 2, 3, use this
code:
struct dynarray_int dyn;
dynarray_int_init (&dyn);
for (int i = 1; i <= 3; ++i)
{
int *place = dynarray_int_emplace (&dyn);
assert (place != NULL);
*place = i;
}
struct int_array result;
bool ok = dynarray_int_finalize (&dyn, &result);
assert (ok);
assert (result.length == 3);
assert (result.array[0] == 1);
assert (result.array[1] == 2);
assert (result.array[2] == 3);
free (result.array);
If the elements contain resources which must be freed, define
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE appropriately, like this:
struct str_array
{
char **array;
size_t length;
};
#define DYNARRAY_STRUCT dynarray_str
#define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT char *
#define DYNARRAY_ELEMENT_FREE(ptr) free (*ptr)
#define DYNARRAY_PREFIX dynarray_str_
#define DYNARRAY_FINAL_TYPE struct str_array
#include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.c>
*/
/* The implementation is imported from glibc. */
/* Avoid possible conflicts with symbols exported by the GNU libc. */
#define __libc_dynarray_at_failure gl_dynarray_at_failure
#define __libc_dynarray_emplace_enlarge gl_dynarray_emplace_enlarge
#define __libc_dynarray_finalize gl_dynarray_finalize
#define __libc_dynarray_resize_clear gl_dynarray_resize_clear
#define __libc_dynarray_resize gl_dynarray_resize
#if defined DYNARRAY_STRUCT || defined DYNARRAY_ELEMENT || defined DYNARRAY_PREFIX
# ifndef _GL_LIKELY
/* Rely on __builtin_expect, as provided by the module 'builtin-expect'. */
# define _GL_LIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 1)
# define _GL_UNLIKELY(cond) __builtin_expect ((cond), 0)
# endif
/* Define auxiliary structs and declare auxiliary functions, common to all
instantiations of dynarray. */
# include <malloc/dynarray.gl.h>
/* Define the instantiation, specified through
DYNARRAY_STRUCT
DYNARRAY_ELEMENT
DYNARRAY_PREFIX
etc. */
# include <malloc/dynarray-skeleton.gl.h>
#else
/* This file is being included from one of the malloc/dynarray_*.c files. */
# include <malloc/dynarray.h>
#endif
#endif /* _GL_DYNARRAY_H */

279
lib/errno.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
/* A POSIX-like <errno.h>.
Copyright (C) 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_ERRNO_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H
/* On native Windows platforms, many macros are not defined. */
# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* These are the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for interoperability. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 122
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 111
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 121
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 134
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 104
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 132
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 129
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 117
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 106
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 105
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTRECOVERABLE
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EINPROGRESS
# define EINPROGRESS 112
# define EALREADY 103
# define ENOTSOCK 128
# define EDESTADDRREQ 109
# define EMSGSIZE 115
# define EPROTOTYPE 136
# define ENOPROTOOPT 123
# define EPROTONOSUPPORT 135
# define EOPNOTSUPP 130
# define EAFNOSUPPORT 102
# define EADDRINUSE 100
# define EADDRNOTAVAIL 101
# define ENETDOWN 116
# define ENETUNREACH 118
# define ECONNRESET 108
# define ENOBUFS 119
# define EISCONN 113
# define ENOTCONN 126
# define ETIMEDOUT 138
# define ECONNREFUSED 107
# define ELOOP 114
# define EHOSTUNREACH 110
# define EWOULDBLOCK 140
# define GNULIB_defined_ESOCK 1
# endif
# ifndef ETXTBSY
# define ETXTBSY 139
# define ENODATA 120 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSR 124 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ENOSTR 125 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETIME 137 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EOTHER 131 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTREAMS 1
# endif
/* These are intentionally the same values as the WSA* error numbers, defined
in <winsock2.h>. */
# define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 10044 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPFNOSUPPORT 10046 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ESHUTDOWN 10058 /* not required by POSIX */
# define ETOOMANYREFS 10059 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EHOSTDOWN 10064 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EPROCLIM 10067 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EUSERS 10068 /* not required by POSIX */
# define EDQUOT 10069
# define ESTALE 10070
# define EREMOTE 10071 /* not required by POSIX */
# define GNULIB_defined_EWINSOCK 1
# endif
/* On OSF/1 5.1, when _XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED is not defined, the macros
EMULTIHOP, ENOLINK, EOVERFLOW are not defined. */
# if @EMULTIHOP_HIDDEN@
# define EMULTIHOP @EMULTIHOP_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# if @ENOLINK_HIDDEN@
# define ENOLINK @ENOLINK_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# if @EOVERFLOW_HIDDEN@
# define EOVERFLOW @EOVERFLOW_VALUE@
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
/* On OpenBSD 4.0 and on native Windows, the macros ENOMSG, EIDRM, ENOLINK,
EPROTO, EMULTIHOP, EBADMSG, EOVERFLOW, ENOTSUP, ECANCELED are not defined.
Likewise, on NonStop Kernel, EDQUOT is not defined.
Define them here. Values >= 2000 seem safe to use: Solaris ESTALE = 151,
HP-UX EWOULDBLOCK = 246, IRIX EDQUOT = 1133.
Note: When one of these systems defines some of these macros some day,
binaries will have to be recompiled so that they recognizes the new
errno values from the system. */
# ifndef ENOMSG
# define ENOMSG 2000
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EIDRM
# define EIDRM 2001
# define GNULIB_defined_EIDRM 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOLINK
# define ENOLINK 2002
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOLINK 1
# endif
# ifndef EPROTO
# define EPROTO 2003
# define GNULIB_defined_EPROTO 1
# endif
# ifndef EMULTIHOP
# define EMULTIHOP 2004
# define GNULIB_defined_EMULTIHOP 1
# endif
# ifndef EBADMSG
# define EBADMSG 2005
# define GNULIB_defined_EBADMSG 1
# endif
# ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW 2006
# define GNULIB_defined_EOVERFLOW 1
# endif
# ifndef ENOTSUP
# define ENOTSUP 2007
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTSUP 1
# endif
# ifndef ENETRESET
# define ENETRESET 2011
# define GNULIB_defined_ENETRESET 1
# endif
# ifndef ECONNABORTED
# define ECONNABORTED 2012
# define GNULIB_defined_ECONNABORTED 1
# endif
# ifndef ESTALE
# define ESTALE 2009
# define GNULIB_defined_ESTALE 1
# endif
# ifndef EDQUOT
# define EDQUOT 2010
# define GNULIB_defined_EDQUOT 1
# endif
# ifndef ECANCELED
# define ECANCELED 2008
# define GNULIB_defined_ECANCELED 1
# endif
/* On many platforms, the macros EOWNERDEAD and ENOTRECOVERABLE are not
defined. */
# ifndef EOWNERDEAD
# if defined __sun
/* Use the same values as defined for Solaris >= 8, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 58
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 59
# elif defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* We have a conflict here: pthreads-win32 defines these values
differently than MSVC 10. It's hairy to decide which one to use. */
# if defined __MINGW32__ && !defined USE_WINDOWS_THREADS
/* Use the same values as defined by pthreads-win32, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 43
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 44
# else
/* Use the same values as defined by MSVC 10, for
interoperability. */
# define EOWNERDEAD 133
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 127
# endif
# else
# define EOWNERDEAD 2013
# define ENOTRECOVERABLE 2014
# endif
# define GNULIB_defined_EOWNERDEAD 1
# define GNULIB_defined_ENOTRECOVERABLE 1
# endif
# ifndef EILSEQ
# define EILSEQ 2015
# define GNULIB_defined_EILSEQ 1
# endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_ERRNO_H */

411
lib/error.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#if !_LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
# include "gettext.h"
# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stdint.h>
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
# define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 0
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD(a, b)
# define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(a)
#else
# include "getprogname.h"
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
# include <limits.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name 'error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
# undef putc
# define putc(c, fp) _IO_putc (c, fp)
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else /* not _LIBC */
# include <fcntl.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# endif
/* The gnulib override of fcntl is not needed in this file. */
# undef fcntl
# if !(GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R)
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
char *strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
# else
int strerror_r (int errnum, char *buf, size_t buflen);
# endif
# endif
# define program_name getprogname ()
# if GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# endif /* GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
#if !_LIBC
/* Return non-zero if FD is open. */
static int
is_open (int fd)
{
# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* On native Windows: The initial state of unassigned standard file
descriptors is that they are open but point to an INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE.
There is no fcntl, and the gnulib replacement fcntl does not support
F_GETFL. */
return (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd) != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
# else
# ifndef F_GETFL
# error Please port fcntl to your platform
# endif
return 0 <= fcntl (fd, F_GETFL);
# endif
}
#endif
static void
flush_stdout (void)
{
#if !_LIBC
int stdout_fd;
# if GNULIB_FREOPEN_SAFER
/* Use of gnulib's freopen-safer module normally ensures that
fileno (stdout) == 1
whenever stdout is open. */
stdout_fd = STDOUT_FILENO;
# else
/* POSIX states that fileno (stdout) after fclose is unspecified. But in
practice it is not a problem, because stdout is statically allocated and
the fd of a FILE stream is stored as a field in its allocated memory. */
stdout_fd = fileno (stdout);
# endif
/* POSIX states that fflush (stdout) after fclose is unspecified; it
is safe in glibc, but not on all other platforms. fflush (NULL)
is always defined, but too draconian. */
if (0 <= stdout_fd && is_open (stdout_fd))
#endif
fflush (stdout);
}
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if _LIBC || GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX || defined HAVE_STRERROR_R
char errbuf[1024];
# if _LIBC || (!GNULIB_STRERROR_R_POSIX && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P)
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
#endif
}
static void _GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT_PRINTF_STANDARD (3, 0) _GL_ARG_NONNULL ((3))
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
#if _LIBC
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
bool use_malloc = false;
while (1)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t) / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
len *= 2;
}
if (res == (size_t) -1)
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
if (use_malloc)
free (wmessage);
}
else
#endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
#else
putc ('\n', stderr);
#endif
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
void
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
#endif
}
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
va_end (args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| (old_file_name != NULL
&& file_name != NULL
&& strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0)))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
flush_stdout ();
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
#endif
}
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#else
fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%u: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#endif
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
va_end (args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif

104
lib/error.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/* Declarations for error-reporting functions.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2003, 2006, 2008-2023 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
/* Get _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD, _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM. */
#include <stdio.h>
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
#if GNULIB_VFPRINTF_POSIX
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_STANDARD
#else
# define _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR _GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_SYSTEM
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Print a message with 'fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with 'exit (STATUS)'. */
#if @REPLACE_ERROR@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef error
# define error rpl_error
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (error, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR, 3, 4)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (error, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...));
#else
# if ! @HAVE_ERROR@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (error, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR, 3, 4)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (error, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...));
#endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (error);
/* Likewise. If FILENAME is non-NULL, include FILENAME:LINENO: in the
message. */
#if @REPLACE_ERROR_AT_LINE@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef error_at_line
# define error_at_line rpl_error_at_line
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (error_at_line, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__filename,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR, 5, 6)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (error_at_line, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__filename,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...));
#else
# if ! @HAVE_ERROR_AT_LINE@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (error_at_line, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__filename,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((_GL_ATTRIBUTE_SPEC_PRINTF_ERROR, 5, 6)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (error_at_line, void,
(int __status, int __errnum, const char *__filename,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...));
#endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (error_at_line);
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time 'error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */

24
lib/exitfail.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2005-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "exitfail.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;

18
lib/exitfail.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
extern int volatile exit_failure;

205
lib/fchdir.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
/* fchdir replacement.
Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "assure.h"
#include "filename.h"
#include "filenamecat.h"
#ifndef REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
# define REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY 0
#endif
/* This replacement assumes that a directory is not renamed while opened
through a file descriptor.
FIXME: On mingw, this would be possible to enforce if we were to
also open a HANDLE to each directory currently visited by a file
descriptor, since mingw refuses to rename any in-use file system
object. */
/* Array of file descriptors opened. If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY or if it points
to a directory, it stores info about this directory. */
typedef struct
{
char *name; /* Absolute name of the directory, or NULL. */
/* FIXME - add a DIR* member to make dirfd possible on mingw? */
} dir_info_t;
static dir_info_t *dirs;
static size_t dirs_allocated;
/* Try to ensure dirs has enough room for a slot at index fd; free any
contents already in that slot. Return false and set errno to
ENOMEM on allocation failure. */
static bool
ensure_dirs_slot (size_t fd)
{
if (fd < dirs_allocated)
free (dirs[fd].name);
else
{
size_t new_allocated;
dir_info_t *new_dirs;
new_allocated = 2 * dirs_allocated + 1;
if (new_allocated <= fd)
new_allocated = fd + 1;
new_dirs =
(dirs != NULL
? (dir_info_t *) realloc (dirs, new_allocated * sizeof *dirs)
: (dir_info_t *) malloc (new_allocated * sizeof *dirs));
if (new_dirs == NULL)
return false;
memset (new_dirs + dirs_allocated, 0,
(new_allocated - dirs_allocated) * sizeof *dirs);
dirs = new_dirs;
dirs_allocated = new_allocated;
}
return true;
}
/* Return an absolute name of DIR in malloc'd storage.
Upon failure, return NULL with errno set. */
static char *
get_name (char const *dir)
{
char *cwd;
char *result;
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (dir))
return strdup (dir);
/* We often encounter "."; treat it as a special case. */
cwd = getcwd (NULL, 0);
if (!cwd || (dir[0] == '.' && dir[1] == '\0'))
return cwd;
result = mfile_name_concat (cwd, dir, NULL);
free (cwd);
return result;
}
/* Hook into the gnulib replacements for open() and close() to keep track
of the open file descriptors. */
/* Close FD, cleaning up any fd to name mapping if fd was visiting a
directory. */
void
_gl_unregister_fd (int fd)
{
if (fd >= 0 && fd < dirs_allocated)
{
free (dirs[fd].name);
dirs[fd].name = NULL;
}
}
/* Mark FD as visiting FILENAME. FD must be non-negative, and refer
to an open file descriptor. If REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY is non-zero,
this should only be called if FD is visiting a directory. Close FD
and return -1 with errno set if there is insufficient memory to track
the directory name; otherwise return FD. */
int
_gl_register_fd (int fd, const char *filename)
{
struct stat statbuf;
assure (0 <= fd);
if (REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
|| (fstat (fd, &statbuf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode)))
{
if (!ensure_dirs_slot (fd)
|| (dirs[fd].name = get_name (filename)) == NULL)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (fd);
errno = saved_errno;
return -1;
}
}
return fd;
}
/* Mark NEWFD as a duplicate of OLDFD; useful from dup, dup2, dup3,
and fcntl. Both arguments must be valid and distinct file
descriptors. Close NEWFD and return -1 if OLDFD is tracking a
directory, but there is insufficient memory to track the same
directory in NEWFD; otherwise return NEWFD. */
int
_gl_register_dup (int oldfd, int newfd)
{
assure (0 <= oldfd && 0 <= newfd && oldfd != newfd);
if (oldfd < dirs_allocated && dirs[oldfd].name)
{
/* Duplicated a directory; must ensure newfd is allocated. */
if (!ensure_dirs_slot (newfd)
|| (dirs[newfd].name = strdup (dirs[oldfd].name)) == NULL)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (newfd);
errno = saved_errno;
newfd = -1;
}
}
else if (newfd < dirs_allocated)
{
/* Duplicated a non-directory; ensure newfd is cleared. */
free (dirs[newfd].name);
dirs[newfd].name = NULL;
}
return newfd;
}
/* If FD is currently visiting a directory, then return the name of
that directory. Otherwise, return NULL and set errno. */
const char *
_gl_directory_name (int fd)
{
if (0 <= fd && fd < dirs_allocated && dirs[fd].name != NULL)
return dirs[fd].name;
/* At this point, fd is either invalid, or open but not a directory.
If dup2 fails, errno is correctly EBADF. */
if (0 <= fd)
{
if (dup2 (fd, fd) == fd)
errno = ENOTDIR;
}
else
errno = EBADF;
return NULL;
}
/* Implement fchdir() in terms of chdir(). */
int
fchdir (int fd)
{
const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
return name ? chdir (name) : -1;
}

629
lib/fcntl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
/* Provide file descriptor control.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Eric Blake <ebb9@byu.net>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef __KLIBC__
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Get declarations of the native Windows API functions. */
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
/* Get _get_osfhandle. */
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
/* Upper bound on getdtablesize(). See lib/getdtablesize.c. */
# define OPEN_MAX_MAX 0x10000
/* Duplicate OLDFD into the first available slot of at least NEWFD,
which must be positive, with FLAGS determining whether the duplicate
will be inheritable. */
static int
dupfd (int oldfd, int newfd, int flags)
{
/* Mingw has no way to create an arbitrary fd. Iterate until all
file descriptors less than newfd are filled up. */
HANDLE curr_process = GetCurrentProcess ();
HANDLE old_handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (oldfd);
unsigned char fds_to_close[OPEN_MAX_MAX / CHAR_BIT];
unsigned int fds_to_close_bound = 0;
int result;
BOOL inherit = flags & O_CLOEXEC ? FALSE : TRUE;
int mode;
if (newfd < 0 || getdtablesize () <= newfd)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
if (old_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|| (mode = _setmode (oldfd, O_BINARY)) == -1)
{
/* oldfd is not open, or is an unassigned standard file
descriptor. */
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
_setmode (oldfd, mode);
flags |= mode;
for (;;)
{
HANDLE new_handle;
int duplicated_fd;
unsigned int index;
if (!DuplicateHandle (curr_process, /* SourceProcessHandle */
old_handle, /* SourceHandle */
curr_process, /* TargetProcessHandle */
(PHANDLE) &new_handle, /* TargetHandle */
(DWORD) 0, /* DesiredAccess */
inherit, /* InheritHandle */
DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS)) /* Options */
{
switch (GetLastError ())
{
case ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES:
errno = EMFILE;
break;
case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
case ERROR_INVALID_TARGET_HANDLE:
case ERROR_DIRECT_ACCESS_HANDLE:
errno = EBADF;
break;
case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
case ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION:
case ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS:
errno = EINVAL;
break;
default:
errno = EACCES;
break;
}
result = -1;
break;
}
duplicated_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t) new_handle, flags);
if (duplicated_fd < 0)
{
CloseHandle (new_handle);
result = -1;
break;
}
if (newfd <= duplicated_fd)
{
result = duplicated_fd;
break;
}
/* Set the bit duplicated_fd in fds_to_close[]. */
index = (unsigned int) duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT;
if (fds_to_close_bound <= index)
{
if (sizeof fds_to_close <= index)
/* Need to increase OPEN_MAX_MAX. */
abort ();
memset (fds_to_close + fds_to_close_bound, '\0',
index + 1 - fds_to_close_bound);
fds_to_close_bound = index + 1;
}
fds_to_close[index] |= 1 << ((unsigned int) duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT);
}
/* Close the previous fds that turned out to be too small. */
{
int saved_errno = errno;
unsigned int duplicated_fd;
for (duplicated_fd = 0;
duplicated_fd < fds_to_close_bound * CHAR_BIT;
duplicated_fd++)
if ((fds_to_close[duplicated_fd / CHAR_BIT]
>> (duplicated_fd % CHAR_BIT))
& 1)
close (duplicated_fd);
errno = saved_errno;
}
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (oldfd, result);
# endif
return result;
}
#endif /* W32 */
/* Forward declarations, because we '#undef fcntl' in the middle of this
compilation unit. */
/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target). */
static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target);
/* Our implementation of fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target). */
static int rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target);
#ifdef __KLIBC__
/* Adds support for fcntl on directories. */
static int klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...);
#endif
/* Perform the specified ACTION on the file descriptor FD, possibly
using the argument ARG further described below. This replacement
handles the following actions, and forwards all others on to the
native fcntl. An unrecognized ACTION returns -1 with errno set to
EINVAL.
F_DUPFD - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum target fd.
If successful, return the duplicate, which will be inheritable;
otherwise return -1 and set errno.
F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC - duplicate FD, with int ARG being the minimum
target fd. If successful, return the duplicate, which will not be
inheritable; otherwise return -1 and set errno.
F_GETFD - ARG need not be present. If successful, return a
non-negative value containing the descriptor flags of FD (only
FD_CLOEXEC is portable, but other flags may be present); otherwise
return -1 and set errno. */
int
fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
#undef fcntl
#ifdef __KLIBC__
# define fcntl klibc_fcntl
#endif
{
va_list arg;
int result = -1;
va_start (arg, action);
switch (action)
{
case F_DUPFD:
{
int target = va_arg (arg, int);
result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
break;
}
case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
{
int target = va_arg (arg, int);
result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (fd, target);
break;
}
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
case F_GETFD:
{
# if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
HANDLE handle = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
DWORD flags;
if (handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
|| GetHandleInformation (handle, &flags) == 0)
errno = EBADF;
else
result = (flags & HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT) ? 0 : FD_CLOEXEC;
# else /* !W32 */
/* Use dup2 to reject invalid file descriptors. No way to
access this information, so punt. */
if (0 <= dup2 (fd, fd))
result = 0;
# endif /* !W32 */
break;
} /* F_GETFD */
#endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL */
/* Implementing F_SETFD on mingw is not trivial - there is no
API for changing the O_NOINHERIT bit on an fd, and merely
changing the HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT bit on the underlying handle
can lead to odd state. It may be possible by duplicating the
handle, using _open_osfhandle with the right flags, then
using dup2 to move the duplicate onto the original, but that
is not supported for now. */
default:
{
#if HAVE_FCNTL
switch (action)
{
#ifdef F_BARRIERFSYNC /* macOS */
case F_BARRIERFSYNC:
#endif
#ifdef F_CHKCLEAN /* macOS */
case F_CHKCLEAN:
#endif
#ifdef F_CLOSEM /* NetBSD, HP-UX */
case F_CLOSEM:
#endif
#ifdef F_FLUSH_DATA /* macOS */
case F_FLUSH_DATA:
#endif
#ifdef F_FREEZE_FS /* macOS */
case F_FREEZE_FS:
#endif
#ifdef F_FULLFSYNC /* macOS */
case F_FULLFSYNC:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETCONFINED /* macOS */
case F_GETCONFINED:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL /* macOS */
case F_GETDEFAULTPROTLEVEL:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETFD /* POSIX */
case F_GETFD:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETFL /* POSIX */
case F_GETFL:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETLEASE /* Linux */
case F_GETLEASE:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETNOSIGPIPE /* macOS */
case F_GETNOSIGPIPE:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETOWN /* POSIX */
case F_GETOWN:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETPIPE_SZ /* Linux */
case F_GETPIPE_SZ:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS /* macOS */
case F_GETPROTECTIONCLASS:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL /* macOS */
case F_GETPROTECTIONLEVEL:
#endif
#ifdef F_GET_SEALS /* Linux */
case F_GET_SEALS:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETSIG /* Linux */
case F_GETSIG:
#endif
#ifdef F_MAXFD /* NetBSD */
case F_MAXFD:
#endif
#ifdef F_RECYCLE /* macOS */
case F_RECYCLE:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETFIFOENH /* HP-UX */
case F_SETFIFOENH:
#endif
#ifdef F_THAW_FS /* macOS */
case F_THAW_FS:
#endif
/* These actions take no argument. */
result = fcntl (fd, action);
break;
#ifdef F_ADD_SEALS /* Linux */
case F_ADD_SEALS:
#endif
#ifdef F_BADFD /* Solaris */
case F_BADFD:
#endif
#ifdef F_CHECK_OPENEVT /* macOS */
case F_CHECK_OPENEVT:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUP2FD /* FreeBSD, AIX, Solaris */
case F_DUP2FD:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC /* FreeBSD, Solaris */
case F_DUP2FD_CLOEXEC:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK /* Solaris */
case F_DUP2FD_CLOFORK:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUPFD /* POSIX */
case F_DUPFD:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC /* POSIX */
case F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC:
#endif
#ifdef F_DUPFD_CLOFORK /* Solaris */
case F_DUPFD_CLOFORK:
#endif
#ifdef F_GETXFL /* Solaris */
case F_GETXFL:
#endif
#ifdef F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE /* macOS */
case F_GLOBAL_NOCACHE:
#endif
#ifdef F_MAKECOMPRESSED /* macOS */
case F_MAKECOMPRESSED:
#endif
#ifdef F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS /* macOS */
case F_MOVEDATAEXTENTS:
#endif
#ifdef F_NOCACHE /* macOS */
case F_NOCACHE:
#endif
#ifdef F_NODIRECT /* macOS */
case F_NODIRECT:
#endif
#ifdef F_NOTIFY /* Linux */
case F_NOTIFY:
#endif
#ifdef F_OPLKACK /* IRIX */
case F_OPLKACK:
#endif
#ifdef F_OPLKREG /* IRIX */
case F_OPLKREG:
#endif
#ifdef F_RDAHEAD /* macOS */
case F_RDAHEAD:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETBACKINGSTORE /* macOS */
case F_SETBACKINGSTORE:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETCONFINED /* macOS */
case F_SETCONFINED:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETFD /* POSIX */
case F_SETFD:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETFL /* POSIX */
case F_SETFL:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETLEASE /* Linux */
case F_SETLEASE:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETNOSIGPIPE /* macOS */
case F_SETNOSIGPIPE:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETOWN /* POSIX */
case F_SETOWN:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETPIPE_SZ /* Linux */
case F_SETPIPE_SZ:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS /* macOS */
case F_SETPROTECTIONCLASS:
#endif
#ifdef F_SETSIG /* Linux */
case F_SETSIG:
#endif
#ifdef F_SINGLE_WRITER /* macOS */
case F_SINGLE_WRITER:
#endif
/* These actions take an 'int' argument. */
{
int x = va_arg (arg, int);
result = fcntl (fd, action, x);
}
break;
default:
/* Other actions take a pointer argument. */
{
void *p = va_arg (arg, void *);
result = fcntl (fd, action, p);
}
break;
}
#else
errno = EINVAL;
#endif
break;
}
}
va_end (arg);
return result;
}
static int
rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (int fd, int target)
{
int result;
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
result = dupfd (fd, target, 0);
#elif FCNTL_DUPFD_BUGGY || REPLACE_FCHDIR
/* Detect invalid target; needed for cygwin 1.5.x. */
if (target < 0 || getdtablesize () <= target)
{
result = -1;
errno = EINVAL;
}
else
{
/* Haiku alpha 2 loses fd flags on original. */
int flags = fcntl (fd, F_GETFD);
if (flags < 0)
result = -1;
else
{
result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
if (0 <= result && fcntl (fd, F_SETFD, flags) == -1)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (result);
result = -1;
errno = saved_errno;
}
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
}
}
#else
result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target);
#endif
return result;
}
static int
rpl_fcntl_DUPFD_CLOEXEC (int fd, int target)
{
int result;
#if !HAVE_FCNTL
result = dupfd (fd, target, O_CLOEXEC);
#else /* HAVE_FCNTL */
# if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __HAIKU__
/* On NetBSD 9.0, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target)
has only the same effect as fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, target). */
/* On Haiku, the system fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target) sets
the FD_CLOEXEC flag on fd, not on target. Therefore avoid the
system fcntl in this case. */
# define have_dupfd_cloexec -1
# else
/* Try the system call first, if the headers claim it exists
(that is, if GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC is 0), since we
may be running with a glibc that has the macro but with an
older kernel that does not support it. Cache the
information on whether the system call really works, but
avoid caching failure if the corresponding F_DUPFD fails
for any reason. 0 = unknown, 1 = yes, -1 = no. */
static int have_dupfd_cloexec = GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC ? -1 : 0;
if (0 <= have_dupfd_cloexec)
{
result = fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, target);
if (0 <= result || errno != EINVAL)
{
have_dupfd_cloexec = 1;
# if REPLACE_FCHDIR
if (0 <= result)
result = _gl_register_dup (fd, result);
# endif
}
else
{
result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
if (result >= 0)
have_dupfd_cloexec = -1;
}
}
else
# endif
result = rpl_fcntl_DUPFD (fd, target);
if (0 <= result && have_dupfd_cloexec == -1)
{
int flags = fcntl (result, F_GETFD);
if (flags < 0 || fcntl (result, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC) == -1)
{
int saved_errno = errno;
close (result);
errno = saved_errno;
result = -1;
}
}
#endif /* HAVE_FCNTL */
return result;
}
#undef fcntl
#ifdef __KLIBC__
static int
klibc_fcntl (int fd, int action, /* arg */...)
{
va_list arg_ptr;
int arg;
struct stat sbuf;
int result;
va_start (arg_ptr, action);
arg = va_arg (arg_ptr, int);
result = fcntl (fd, action, arg);
/* EPERM for F_DUPFD, ENOTSUP for others */
if (result == -1 && (errno == EPERM || errno == ENOTSUP)
&& !fstat (fd, &sbuf) && S_ISDIR (sbuf.st_mode))
{
ULONG ulMode;
switch (action)
{
case F_DUPFD:
/* Find available fd */
while (fcntl (arg, F_GETFL) != -1 || errno != EBADF)
arg++;
result = dup2 (fd, arg);
break;
/* Using underlying APIs is right ? */
case F_GETFD:
if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
break;
result = (ulMode & OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT) ? FD_CLOEXEC : 0;
break;
case F_SETFD:
if (arg & ~FD_CLOEXEC)
break;
if (DosQueryFHState (fd, &ulMode))
break;
if (arg & FD_CLOEXEC)
ulMode |= OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
else
ulMode &= ~OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT;
/* Filter supported flags. */
ulMode &= (OPEN_FLAGS_WRITE_THROUGH | OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR
| OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_NOINHERIT);
if (DosSetFHState (fd, ulMode))
break;
result = 0;
break;
case F_GETFL:
result = 0;
break;
case F_SETFL:
if (arg != 0)
break;
result = 0;
break;
default:
errno = EINVAL;
break;
}
}
va_end (arg_ptr);
return result;
}
#endif

445
lib/fcntl.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,445 @@
/* Like <fcntl.h>, but with non-working flags defined to 0.
Copyright (C) 2006-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
#if defined __need_system_fcntl_h
/* Special invocation convention. */
/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
#include <sys/types.h>
/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
<fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
with g++ version >= 4.3. */
#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>. */
#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
&& (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
# include <io.h>
#endif
#else
/* Normal invocation convention. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
/* Needed before <sys/stat.h>.
May also define off_t to a 64-bit type on native Windows. */
#include <sys/types.h>
/* On some systems other than glibc, <sys/stat.h> is a prerequisite of
<fcntl.h>. On glibc systems, we would like to avoid namespace pollution.
But on glibc systems, <fcntl.h> includes <sys/stat.h> inside an
extern "C" { ... } block, which leads to errors in C++ mode with the
overridden <sys/stat.h> from gnulib. These errors are known to be gone
with g++ version >= 4.3. */
#if !(defined __GLIBC__ || defined __UCLIBC__) || (defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE && (defined __ICC || !(__GNUC__ > 4 || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3))))
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FCNTL_H@
/* Native Windows platforms declare open(), creat() in <io.h>. */
#if (@GNULIB_CREAT@ || @GNULIB_OPEN@ || defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK) \
&& (defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__)
# include <io.h>
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H
#ifndef __GLIBC__ /* Avoid namespace pollution on glibc systems. */
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
/* Declare overridden functions. */
#if @GNULIB_CREAT@
# if @REPLACE_CREAT@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef creat
# define creat rpl_creat
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef creat
# define creat _creat
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef creat
/* Assume creat is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (creat, "creat is not always POSIX compliant - "
"use gnulib module creat for portability");
#elif @GNULIB_MDA_CREAT@
/* On native Windows, map 'creat' to '_creat', so that -loldnames is not
required. In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::creat always. */
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef creat
# define creat _creat
# endif
/* Need to cast, because in mingw the last argument is 'int mode'. */
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA_CAST (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (creat, int, (const char *filename, mode_t mode));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (creat);
#endif
#if @GNULIB_FCNTL@
# if @REPLACE_FCNTL@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef fcntl
# define fcntl rpl_fcntl
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# if !GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl
# define GNULIB_defined_rpl_fcntl 1
# endif
# else
# if !@HAVE_FCNTL@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# if !GNULIB_defined_fcntl
# define GNULIB_defined_fcntl 1
# endif
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fcntl, int, (int fd, int action, ...));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fcntl);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef fcntl
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FCNTL
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fcntl, "fcntl is not always POSIX compliant - "
"use gnulib module fcntl for portability");
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_OPEN@
# if @REPLACE_OPEN@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef open
# define open rpl_open
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# elif defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef open
# define open _open
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# endif
/* On HP-UX 11, in C++ mode, open() is defined as an inline function with a
default argument. _GL_CXXALIASWARN does not work in this case. */
# if !defined __hpux
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef open
/* Assume open is always declared. */
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (open, "open is not always POSIX compliant - "
"use gnulib module open for portability");
#elif @GNULIB_MDA_OPEN@
/* On native Windows, map 'open' to '_open', so that -loldnames is not
required. In C++ with GNULIB_NAMESPACE, avoid differences between
platforms by defining GNULIB_NAMESPACE::open always. */
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef open
# define open _open
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_MDA (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# else
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (open, int, (const char *filename, int flags, ...));
# endif
# if !defined __hpux
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (open);
# endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_OPENAT@
# if @REPLACE_OPENAT@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# undef openat
# define openat rpl_openat
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
# else
# if !@HAVE_OPENAT@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (openat, int,
(int fd, char const *file, int flags, /* mode_t mode */ ...));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (openat);
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef openat
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_OPENAT
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (openat, "openat is not portable - "
"use gnulib module openat for portability");
# endif
#endif
/* Fix up the FD_* macros, only known to be missing on mingw. */
#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
# define FD_CLOEXEC 1
#endif
/* Fix up the supported F_* macros. Intentionally leave other F_*
macros undefined. Only known to be missing on mingw. */
#ifndef F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC
# define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0x40000000
/* Witness variable: 1 if gnulib defined F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC, 0 otherwise. */
# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1
#else
# define GNULIB_defined_F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 0
#endif
#ifndef F_DUPFD
# define F_DUPFD 1
#endif
#ifndef F_GETFD
# define F_GETFD 2
#endif
/* Fix up the O_* macros. */
/* AIX 7.1 with XL C 12.1 defines O_CLOEXEC, O_NOFOLLOW, and O_TTY_INIT
to values outside 'int' range, so omit these misdefinitions.
But avoid namespace pollution on non-AIX systems. */
#ifdef _AIX
# include <limits.h>
# if defined O_CLOEXEC && ! (INT_MIN <= O_CLOEXEC && O_CLOEXEC <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_CLOEXEC
# endif
# if defined O_NOFOLLOW && ! (INT_MIN <= O_NOFOLLOW && O_NOFOLLOW <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_NOFOLLOW
# endif
# if defined O_TTY_INIT && ! (INT_MIN <= O_TTY_INIT && O_TTY_INIT <= INT_MAX)
# undef O_TTY_INIT
# endif
#endif
#if !defined O_DIRECT && defined O_DIRECTIO
/* Tru64 spells it 'O_DIRECTIO'. */
# define O_DIRECT O_DIRECTIO
#endif
#if !defined O_CLOEXEC && defined O_NOINHERIT
/* Mingw spells it 'O_NOINHERIT'. */
# define O_CLOEXEC O_NOINHERIT
#endif
#ifndef O_CLOEXEC
# define O_CLOEXEC 0x40000000 /* Try to not collide with system O_* flags. */
# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 1
#else
# define GNULIB_defined_O_CLOEXEC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECT
# define O_DIRECT 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
# define O_DIRECTORY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DSYNC
# define O_DSYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_EXEC
# define O_EXEC O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
#endif
#ifndef O_IGNORE_CTTY
# define O_IGNORE_CTTY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NDELAY
# define O_NDELAY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOATIME
# define O_NOATIME 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK O_NDELAY
#endif
/* If the gnulib module 'nonblocking' is in use, guarantee a working non-zero
value of O_NONBLOCK. Otherwise, O_NONBLOCK is defined (above) to O_NDELAY
or to 0 as fallback. */
#if @GNULIB_NONBLOCKING@
# if O_NONBLOCK
# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 0
# else
# define GNULIB_defined_O_NONBLOCK 1
# undef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK 0x40000000
# endif
#endif
#ifndef O_NOCTTY
# define O_NOCTTY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOFOLLOW
# define O_NOFOLLOW 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOLINK
# define O_NOLINK 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOLINKS
# define O_NOLINKS 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOTRANS
# define O_NOTRANS 0
#endif
#ifndef O_RSYNC
# define O_RSYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_SEARCH
# define O_SEARCH O_RDONLY /* This is often close enough in older systems. */
#endif
#ifndef O_SYNC
# define O_SYNC 0
#endif
#ifndef O_TTY_INIT
# define O_TTY_INIT 0
#endif
#if ~O_ACCMODE & (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
# undef O_ACCMODE
# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_WRONLY | O_RDWR | O_EXEC | O_SEARCH)
#endif
/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O.
O_BINARY is usually declared in fcntl.h */
#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY
/* For MSC-compatible compilers. */
# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY
# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT
#endif
#if defined __BEOS__ || defined __HAIKU__
/* BeOS 5 and Haiku have O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */
# undef O_BINARY
# undef O_TEXT
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
# define O_TEXT 0
#endif
/* Fix up the AT_* macros. */
/* Work around a bug in Solaris 9 and 10: AT_FDCWD is positive. Its
value exceeds INT_MAX, so its use as an int doesn't conform to the
C standard, and GCC and Sun C complain in some cases. If the bug
is present, undef AT_FDCWD here, so it can be redefined below. */
#if 0 < AT_FDCWD && AT_FDCWD == 0xffd19553
# undef AT_FDCWD
#endif
/* Use the same bit pattern as Solaris 9, but with the proper
signedness. The bit pattern is important, in case this actually is
Solaris with the above workaround. */
#ifndef AT_FDCWD
# define AT_FDCWD (-3041965)
#endif
/* Use the same values as Solaris 9. This shouldn't matter, but
there's no real reason to differ. */
#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
# define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 4096
#endif
#ifndef AT_REMOVEDIR
# define AT_REMOVEDIR 1
#endif
/* Solaris 9 lacks these two, so just pick unique values. */
#ifndef AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW
# define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW 2
#endif
#ifndef AT_EACCESS
# define AT_EACCESS 4
#endif
/* Ignore this flag if not supported. */
#ifndef AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT
# define AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT 0
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FCNTL_H */
#endif

116
lib/fd-hook.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
/* Hook for making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2009.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "fd-hook.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
on native Windows platforms. */
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
/* The first and last link in the doubly linked list.
Initially the list is empty. */
static struct fd_hook anchor = { &anchor, &anchor, NULL, NULL };
int
execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_close_fn primary,
int fd)
{
if (remaining_list == &anchor)
/* End of list reached. */
return primary (fd);
else
return remaining_list->private_close_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
primary, fd);
}
int
execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd)
{
return execute_close_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd);
}
int
execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list, gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg)
{
if (remaining_list == &anchor)
/* End of list reached. */
return primary (fd, request, arg);
else
return remaining_list->private_ioctl_fn (remaining_list->private_next,
primary, fd, request, arg);
}
int
execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg)
{
return execute_ioctl_hooks (anchor.private_next, primary, fd, request, arg);
}
void
register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook, struct fd_hook *link)
{
if (close_hook == NULL)
close_hook = execute_close_hooks;
if (ioctl_hook == NULL)
ioctl_hook = execute_ioctl_hooks;
if (link->private_next == NULL && link->private_prev == NULL)
{
/* Add the link to the doubly linked list. */
link->private_next = anchor.private_next;
link->private_prev = &anchor;
link->private_close_fn = close_hook;
link->private_ioctl_fn = ioctl_hook;
anchor.private_next->private_prev = link;
anchor.private_next = link;
}
else
{
/* The link is already in use. */
if (link->private_close_fn != close_hook
|| link->private_ioctl_fn != ioctl_hook)
abort ();
}
}
void
unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link)
{
struct fd_hook *next = link->private_next;
struct fd_hook *prev = link->private_prev;
if (next != NULL && prev != NULL)
{
/* The link is in use. Remove it from the doubly linked list. */
prev->private_next = next;
next->private_prev = prev;
/* Clear the link, to mark it unused. */
link->private_next = NULL;
link->private_prev = NULL;
link->private_close_fn = NULL;
link->private_ioctl_fn = NULL;
}
}
#endif

119
lib/fd-hook.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/* Hook for making file descriptor functions close(), ioctl() extensible.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef FD_HOOK_H
#define FD_HOOK_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Currently, this entire code is only needed for the handling of sockets
on native Windows platforms. */
#if WINDOWS_SOCKETS
/* Type of function that closes FD. */
typedef int (*gl_close_fn) (int fd);
/* Type of function that applies a control request to FD. */
typedef int (*gl_ioctl_fn) (int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* An element of the list of file descriptor hooks.
In CLOS (Common Lisp Object System) speak, it consists of an "around"
method for the close() function and an "around" method for the ioctl()
function.
The fields of this structure are considered private. */
struct fd_hook
{
/* Doubly linked list. */
struct fd_hook *private_next;
struct fd_hook *private_prev;
/* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD) as a fallback. */
int (*private_close_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Function that treats the types of FD that it knows about and calls
execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG) as a
fallback. */
int (*private_ioctl_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
};
/* This type of function closes FD, applying special knowledge for the FD
types it knows about, and calls
execute_close_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD)
for the other FD types.
In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for close(). */
typedef int (*close_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Execute the close hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */
extern int execute_close_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_close_fn primary,
int fd);
/* Execute all close hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like close() would do. */
extern int execute_all_close_hooks (gl_close_fn primary, int fd);
/* This type of function applies a control request to FD, applying special
knowledge for the FD types it knows about, and calls
execute_ioctl_hooks (REMAINING_LIST, PRIMARY, FD, REQUEST, ARG)
for the other FD types.
In CLOS speak, REMAINING_LIST is the remaining list of "around" methods,
and PRIMARY is the "primary" method for ioctl(). */
typedef int (*ioctl_hook_fn) (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Execute the ioctl hooks in REMAINING_LIST, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */
extern int execute_ioctl_hooks (const struct fd_hook *remaining_list,
gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Execute all ioctl hooks, with PRIMARY as "primary" method.
Return 0 or -1, like ioctl() would do. */
extern int execute_all_ioctl_hooks (gl_ioctl_fn primary,
int fd, int request, void *arg);
/* Add a function pair to the list of file descriptor hooks.
CLOSE_HOOK and IOCTL_HOOK may be NULL, indicating no change.
The LINK variable points to a piece of memory which is guaranteed to be
accessible until the corresponding call to unregister_fd_hook. */
extern void register_fd_hook (close_hook_fn close_hook, ioctl_hook_fn ioctl_hook,
struct fd_hook *link);
/* Removes a hook from the list of file descriptor hooks. */
extern void unregister_fd_hook (struct fd_hook *link);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* FD_HOOK_H */

52
lib/fd-safer-flag.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/* Adjust a file descriptor result so that it avoids clobbering
STD{IN,OUT,ERR}_FILENO, with specific flags.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Eric Blake. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "unistd-safer.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD. If FLAG
contains O_CLOEXEC, the returned FD will have close-on-exec
semantics. On failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and
return -1. Preserve errno if FD is negative, so that the caller
can always inspect errno when the returned value is negative.
This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
descriptors, e.g., fd_safer_flag (open ("file", O_RDONLY | flag), flag). */
int
fd_safer_flag (int fd, int flag)
{
if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
{
int f = dup_safer_flag (fd, flag);
int e = errno;
close (fd);
errno = e;
fd = f;
}
return fd;
}

49
lib/fd-safer.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* Return a safer copy of a file descriptor.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <config.h>
#include "unistd-safer.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* Return FD, unless FD would be a copy of standard input, output, or
error; in that case, return a duplicate of FD, closing FD. On
failure to duplicate, close FD, set errno, and return -1. Preserve
errno if FD is negative, so that the caller can always inspect
errno when the returned value is negative.
This function is usefully wrapped around functions that return file
descriptors, e.g., fd_safer (open ("file", O_RDONLY)). */
int
fd_safer (int fd)
{
if (STDIN_FILENO <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
{
int f = dup_safer (fd);
int e = errno;
close (fd);
errno = e;
fd = f;
}
return fd;
}

112
lib/filename.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
/* Basic filename support macros.
Copyright (C) 2001-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* From Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef _FILENAME_H
#define _FILENAME_H
#include <string.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Filename support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator
character.
HAS_DEVICE(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
specification.
FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) length of the device specification
at the beginning of Filename,
index of the part consisting of
alternating components and slashes.
FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
1 when a non-empty device specification
can be followed by an empty or relative
part,
0 when a non-empty device specification
must be followed by a slash,
0 when device specification don't exist.
IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
tests whether Filename is independent of
any notion of "current directory".
IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename)
tests whether Filename may be concatenated
to a directory filename.
Note: On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, "c:" is neither an absolute nor a
relative file name!
IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) tests whether Filename contains a device
or directory specification.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __CYGWIN__ \
|| defined __EMX__ || defined __MSDOS__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Native Windows, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
/* Internal macro: Tests whether a character is a drive letter. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
(((C) >= 'A' && (C) <= 'Z') || ((C) >= 'a' && (C) <= 'z'))
/* Help the compiler optimizing it. This assumes ASCII. */
# undef _IS_DRIVE_LETTER
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(C) \
(((unsigned int) (C) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' <= 'z' - 'a')
# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) (HAS_DEVICE (Filename) ? 2 : 0)
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
# else
/* On native Windows, OS/2, DOS, the system has the notion of a
"current directory" on each drive. */
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 1
# endif
# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
ISSLASH ((Filename)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (Filename)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
(ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
# endif
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) \
(! (ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (Filename)))
# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) \
(strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL || strchr ((Filename), '\\') != NULL \
|| HAS_DEVICE (Filename))
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define HAS_DEVICE(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) ((void) (Filename), 0)
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(Filename) ISSLASH ((Filename)[0])
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(Filename) (! ISSLASH ((Filename)[0]))
# define IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR(Filename) (strchr ((Filename), '/') != NULL)
#endif
/* Deprecated macros. For backward compatibility with old users of the
'filename' module. */
#define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME
#define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR IS_FILE_NAME_WITH_DIR
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _FILENAME_H */

90
lib/filenamecat-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
Copyright (C) 1996-2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "filenamecat.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "basename-lgpl.h"
#include "filename.h"
#if ! HAVE_MEMPCPY && ! defined mempcpy
# define mempcpy(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
#endif
/* Concatenate two file name components, DIR and BASE, in
newly-allocated storage and return the result.
The resulting file name F is such that the commands "ls F" and "(cd
DIR; ls ./BASE)" refer to the same file. If necessary, put
a separator between DIR and BASE in the result. Typically this
separator is "/", but in rare cases it might be ".".
In any case, if BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set
*BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of BASE at the end of the
returned concatenation.
If malloc fails, return NULL with errno set. */
char *
mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base, char **base_in_result)
{
char const *dirbase = last_component (dir);
size_t dirbaselen = base_len (dirbase);
size_t dirlen = dirbase - dir + dirbaselen;
size_t baselen = strlen (base);
char sep = '\0';
if (dirbaselen)
{
/* DIR is not a file system root, so separate with / if needed. */
if (! ISSLASH (dir[dirlen - 1]) && ! ISSLASH (*base))
sep = '/';
}
else if (ISSLASH (*base))
{
/* DIR is a file system root and BASE begins with a slash, so
separate with ".". For example, if DIR is "/" and BASE is
"/foo" then return "/./foo", as "//foo" would be wrong on
some POSIX systems. A fancier algorithm could omit "." in
some cases but is not worth the trouble. */
sep = '.';
}
char *p_concat = malloc (dirlen + (sep != '\0') + baselen + 1);
if (p_concat == NULL)
return NULL;
{
char *p;
p = mempcpy (p_concat, dir, dirlen);
*p = sep;
p += sep != '\0';
if (base_in_result)
*base_in_result = p;
p = mempcpy (p, base, baselen);
*p = '\0';
}
return p_concat;
}

32
lib/filenamecat.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
/* Concatenate two arbitrary file names.
Copyright (C) 1996-1997, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#include <stdlib.h>
#if GNULIB_FILENAMECAT
char *file_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
char **base_in_result)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_RETURNS_NONNULL;
#endif
char *mfile_name_concat (char const *dir, char const *base,
char **base_in_result)
_GL_ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC _GL_ATTRIBUTE_DEALLOC_FREE;

60
lib/flexmember.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/* Sizes of structs with flexible array members.
Copyright 2016-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Nonzero multiple of alignment of TYPE, suitable for FLEXSIZEOF below.
On older platforms without _Alignof, use a pessimistic bound that is
safe in practice even if FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER is 1.
On newer platforms, use _Alignof to get a tighter bound. */
#if !defined __STDC_VERSION__ || __STDC_VERSION__ < 201112
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) (sizeof (type) & ~ (sizeof (type) - 1))
#else
# define FLEXALIGNOF(type) _Alignof (type)
#endif
/* Yield a properly aligned upper bound on the size of a struct of
type TYPE with a flexible array member named MEMBER that is
followed by N bytes of other data. The result is suitable as an
argument to malloc. For example:
struct s { int n; char d[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER]; };
struct s *p = malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, n * sizeof (char)));
FLEXSIZEOF (TYPE, MEMBER, N) is not simply (sizeof (TYPE) + N),
since FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER may be 1 on pre-C11 platforms. Nor is
it simply (offsetof (TYPE, MEMBER) + N), as that might yield a size
that causes malloc to yield a pointer that is not properly aligned
for TYPE; for example, if sizeof (int) == alignof (int) == 4,
malloc (offsetof (struct s, d) + 3 * sizeof (char)) is equivalent
to malloc (7) and might yield a pointer that is not a multiple of 4
(which means the pointer is not properly aligned for struct s),
whereas malloc (FLEXSIZEOF (struct s, d, 3 * sizeof (char))) is
equivalent to malloc (8) and must yield a pointer that is a
multiple of 4.
Yield a value less than N if and only if arithmetic overflow occurs. */
#define FLEXSIZEOF(type, member, n) \
((offsetof (type, member) + FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1 + (n)) \
& ~ (FLEXALIGNOF (type) - 1))

147
lib/float+.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/* Supplemental information about the floating-point formats.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FLOATPLUS_H
#define _FLOATPLUS_H
#include <float.h>
#include <limits.h>
/* Number of bits in the mantissa of a floating-point number, including the
"hidden bit". */
#if FLT_RADIX == 2
# define FLT_MANT_BIT FLT_MANT_DIG
# define DBL_MANT_BIT DBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT LDBL_MANT_DIG
#elif FLT_RADIX == 4
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 2)
#elif FLT_RADIX == 16
# define FLT_MANT_BIT (FLT_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define DBL_MANT_BIT (DBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
# define LDBL_MANT_BIT (LDBL_MANT_DIG * 4)
#endif
/* Bit mask that can be used to mask the exponent, as an unsigned number. */
#define FLT_EXP_MASK ((FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define DBL_EXP_MASK ((DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
#define LDBL_EXP_MASK ((LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN_EXP) | 7)
/* Number of bits used for the exponent of a floating-point number, including
the exponent's sign. */
#define FLT_EXP_BIT \
(FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
FLT_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define DBL_EXP_BIT \
(DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
DBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
#define LDBL_EXP_BIT \
(LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100 ? 8 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200 ? 9 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400 ? 10 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800 ? 11 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000 ? 12 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000 ? 13 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000 ? 14 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000 ? 15 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000 ? 16 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000 ? 17 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000 ? 18 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x80000 ? 19 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x100000 ? 20 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x200000 ? 21 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x400000 ? 22 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x800000 ? 23 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x1000000 ? 24 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x2000000 ? 25 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x4000000 ? 26 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x8000000 ? 27 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x10000000 ? 28 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x20000000 ? 29 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK < 0x40000000 ? 30 : \
LDBL_EXP_MASK <= 0x7fffffff ? 31 : \
32)
/* Number of bits used for a floating-point number: the mantissa (not
counting the "hidden bit", since it may or may not be explicit), the
exponent, and the sign. */
#define FLT_TOTAL_BIT ((FLT_MANT_BIT - 1) + FLT_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define DBL_TOTAL_BIT ((DBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + DBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
#define LDBL_TOTAL_BIT ((LDBL_MANT_BIT - 1) + LDBL_EXP_BIT + 1)
/* Number of bytes used for a floating-point number.
This can be smaller than the 'sizeof'. For example, on i386 systems,
'long double' most often have LDBL_MANT_BIT = 64, LDBL_EXP_BIT = 16, hence
LDBL_TOTAL_BIT = 80 bits, i.e. 10 bytes of consecutive memory, but
sizeof (long double) = 12 or = 16. */
#define SIZEOF_FLT ((FLT_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_DBL ((DBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
#define SIZEOF_LDBL ((LDBL_TOTAL_BIT + CHAR_BIT - 1) / CHAR_BIT)
/* Verify that SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) etc. */
typedef int verify_sizeof_flt[SIZEOF_FLT <= sizeof (float) ? 1 : -1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_dbl[SIZEOF_DBL <= sizeof (double) ? 1 : - 1];
typedef int verify_sizeof_ldbl[SIZEOF_LDBL <= sizeof (long double) ? 1 : - 1];
#endif /* _FLOATPLUS_H */

33
lib/float.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* Auxiliary definitions for <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2011.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <float.h>
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL } };
#elif defined __i386__
const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX =
{ { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 } };
#else
/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
this file is never empty. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

194
lib/float.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
/* A correct <float.h>.
Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#@INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FLOAT_H@
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H
/* 'long double' properties. */
#if defined __i386__ && (defined __BEOS__ || defined __OpenBSD__)
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.0842021724855044340E-19L
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935063E-4932L
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
# define LDBL_MAX 1.1897314953572317650E+4932L
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On FreeBSD/x86 6.4, the 'long double' type really has only 53 bits of
precision in the compiler but 64 bits of precision at runtime. See
<https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2008-07/msg00063.html>. */
#if defined __i386__ && (defined __FreeBSD__ || defined __DragonFly__)
/* Number of mantissa units, in base FLT_RADIX. */
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 64
/* Number of decimal digits that is sufficient for representing a number. */
# undef LDBL_DIG
# define LDBL_DIG 18
/* x-1 where x is the smallest representable number > 1. */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 1.084202172485504434007452800869941711426e-19L /* 2^-63 */
/* Minimum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP (-16381)
/* Maximum e such that FLT_RADIX^(e-1) is a representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_EXP 16384
/* Minimum positive normalized number. */
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 3.362103143112093506262677817321752E-4932L /* = 0x1p-16382L */
/* Maximum representable finite number. */
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
But the largest literal that GCC allows us to write is
0x0.fffffffffffff8p16384L = { 0xFFFFF800, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const unsigned int LDBL_MAX[3] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 32766 };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_long_double_union
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { unsigned int lo; unsigned int hi; unsigned int exponent; } xd;
long double ld;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_long_double_union 1
# endif
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
/* Minimum e such that 10^e is in the range of normalized numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP (-4931)
/* Maximum e such that 10^e is in the range of representable finite numbers. */
# undef LDBL_MAX_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP 4932
#endif
/* On AIX 7.1 with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_MAX are
wrong.
On Linux/PowerPC with gcc 4.4, the value of LDBL_MAX is wrong. */
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && defined _AIX && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
#endif
#if (defined _ARCH_PPC || defined _POWER) && (defined _AIX || defined __linux__) && (LDBL_MANT_DIG == 106) && defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MAX
/* LDBL_MAX is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF }.
It is not easy to define:
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307166e308L
is too small, whereas
#define LDBL_MAX 1.79769313486231580793728971405302307167e308L
is too large. Apparently a bug in GCC decimal-to-binary conversion.
Also, I can't get values larger than
#define LDBL63 ((long double) (1ULL << 63))
#define LDBL882 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL945 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL1008 (LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63 * LDBL63)
#define LDBL_MAX (LDBL1008 * 65535.0L + LDBL945 * (long double) 9223372036821221375ULL + LDBL882 * (long double) 4611686018427387904ULL)
which is represented as { 0x7FEFFFFF, 0xFFFFFFFF, 0x7C8FFFFF, 0xF8000000 }.
So, define it like this through a reference to an external variable
const double LDBL_MAX[2] = { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL };
extern const long double LDBL_MAX;
or through a pointer cast
#define LDBL_MAX \
(*(const long double *) (double[]) { DBL_MAX, DBL_MAX / (double)134217728UL / (double)134217728UL })
Unfortunately, this is not a constant expression, and the latter expression
does not work well when GCC is optimizing.. */
# if !GNULIB_defined_long_double_union
union gl_long_double_union
{
struct { double hi; double lo; } dd;
long double ld;
};
# define GNULIB_defined_long_double_union 1
# endif
extern const union gl_long_double_union gl_LDBL_MAX;
# define LDBL_MAX (gl_LDBL_MAX.ld)
#endif
/* On IRIX 6.5, with cc, the value of LDBL_MANT_DIG is wrong.
On IRIX 6.5, with gcc 4.2, the values of LDBL_MIN_EXP, LDBL_MIN, LDBL_EPSILON
are wrong. */
#if defined __sgi && (LDBL_MANT_DIG >= 106)
# undef LDBL_MANT_DIG
# define LDBL_MANT_DIG 106
# if defined __GNUC__
# undef LDBL_MIN_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN_10_EXP
# define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP
# undef LDBL_MIN
# define LDBL_MIN 2.22507385850720138309023271733240406422e-308L /* DBL_MIN = 2^-1022 */
# undef LDBL_EPSILON
# define LDBL_EPSILON 2.46519032881566189191165176650870696773e-32L /* 2^-105 */
# endif
#endif
#if @REPLACE_ITOLD@
/* Pull in a function that fixes the 'int' to 'long double' conversion
of glibc 2.7. */
extern
# ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
# endif
void _Qp_itoq (long double *, int);
static void (*_gl_float_fix_itold) (long double *, int) = _Qp_itoq;
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FLOAT_H */

360
lib/fnmatch.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1991-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# include <libc-config.h>
#endif
/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#include <fnmatch.h>
#include <assert.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdckdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ALLOCA
# include <alloca.h>
#endif
#include <wchar.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
but there is no interface to get this information in general. Therefore
we support a correct implementation only in glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
# include <shlib-compat.h>
# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
# define btowc __btowc
# define iswctype __iswctype
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# define strnlen __strnlen
# define towlower __towlower
# define wcscat __wcscat
# define wcslen __wcslen
# define wctype __wctype
# define wmemchr __wmemchr
# define wmempcpy __wmempcpy
# define fnmatch __fnmatch
extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# if __GNUC__ >= 7
# define FALLTHROUGH __attribute__ ((__fallthrough__))
# else
# define FALLTHROUGH ((void) 0)
# endif
#else
# include "attribute.h"
#endif
#include <flexmember.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
typedef ptrdiff_t idx_t;
#else
# include "idx.h"
#endif
/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set. */
#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
#ifndef _LIBC
# if HAVE_ALLOCA
/* The OS usually guarantees only one guard page at the bottom of the stack,
and a page size can be as small as 4096 bytes. So we cannot safely
allocate anything larger than 4096 bytes. Also care for the possibility
of a few compiler-allocated temporary stack slots. */
# define __libc_use_alloca(n) ((n) < 4032)
# else
/* Just use malloc. */
# define __libc_use_alloca(n) false
# undef alloca
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# endif
# define alloca_account(size, avar) ((avar) += (size), alloca (size))
#endif
/* Provide support for user-defined character classes, based on the functions
from ISO C 90 amendment 1. */
#ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
#else
/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
problem. Use a reasonable default value. */
# define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
#endif
#define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
whose names are inconsistent. */
/* Global variable. */
static int posixly_correct;
/* Note that this evaluates C many times. */
#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
#define CHAR char
#define UCHAR unsigned char
#define INT int
#define FCT internal_fnmatch
#define EXT ext_match
#define END end_pattern
#define STRUCT fnmatch_struct
#define L_(CS) CS
#define BTOWC(C) btowc (C)
#define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
#define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
#define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 0
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <locale/weight.h>
# define FINDIDX findidx
#endif
#include "fnmatch_loop.c"
#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
#define CHAR wchar_t
#define UCHAR wint_t
#define INT wint_t
#define FCT internal_fnwmatch
#define EXT ext_wmatch
#define END end_wpattern
#define L_(CS) L##CS
#define BTOWC(C) (C)
#define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
#define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
#define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
#define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Change the name the header defines so it doesn't conflict with
the <locale/weight.h> version included above. */
# define findidx findidxwc
# include <locale/weightwc.h>
# undef findidx
# define FINDIDX findidxwc
#endif
#undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string. But
we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
string to a multibyte character string. */
static wctype_t
is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
{
char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
char *cp = s;
do
{
/* Test for a printable character from the portable character set. */
#ifdef _LIBC
if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
|| *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
return (wctype_t) 0;
#else
switch (*wcs)
{
case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
case L'?':
case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
case L'Z':
case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
break;
default:
return (wctype_t) 0;
}
#endif
/* Avoid overrunning the buffer. */
if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
return (wctype_t) 0;
*cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
}
while (*wcs != L'\0');
*cp = '\0';
return wctype (s);
}
#define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
#include "fnmatch_loop.c"
int
fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
{
if (__glibc_unlikely (MB_CUR_MAX != 1))
{
mbstate_t ps;
size_t n;
const char *p;
wchar_t *wpattern_malloc = NULL;
wchar_t *wpattern;
wchar_t *wstring_malloc = NULL;
wchar_t *wstring;
size_t alloca_used = 0;
/* Convert the strings into wide characters. */
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
p = pattern;
n = strnlen (pattern, 1024);
if (__glibc_likely (n < 1024))
{
wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca_account ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t),
alloca_used);
n = mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &p, n + 1, &ps);
if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
/* Something wrong.
XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
already done? */
return -1;
if (p)
{
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
goto prepare_wpattern;
}
}
else
{
prepare_wpattern:
n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps);
if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
/* Something wrong.
XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
already done? */
return -1;
if (__glibc_unlikely (n >= (size_t) -1 / sizeof (wchar_t)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return -2;
}
wpattern_malloc = wpattern
= (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
if (wpattern == NULL)
return -2;
(void) mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, n + 1, &ps);
}
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
n = strnlen (string, 1024);
p = string;
if (__glibc_likely (n < 1024))
{
wstring = (wchar_t *) alloca_account ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t),
alloca_used);
n = mbsrtowcs (wstring, &p, n + 1, &ps);
if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
{
/* Something wrong.
XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which
mbsrtows hasn't already done? */
free_return:
free (wpattern_malloc);
return -1;
}
if (p)
{
memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
goto prepare_wstring;
}
}
else
{
prepare_wstring:
n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps);
if (__glibc_unlikely (n == (size_t) -1))
/* Something wrong.
XXX Do we have to set 'errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
already done? */
goto free_return;
if (__glibc_unlikely (n >= (size_t) -1 / sizeof (wchar_t)))
{
free (wpattern_malloc);
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return -2;
}
wstring_malloc = wstring
= (wchar_t *) malloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (wstring == NULL)
{
free (wpattern_malloc);
return -2;
}
assert (mbsinit (&ps));
(void) mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, n + 1, &ps);
}
int res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + n,
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags, NULL,
alloca_used);
free (wstring_malloc);
free (wpattern_malloc);
return res;
}
return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags, NULL, 0);
}
#undef fnmatch
versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
#if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
#endif
libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)

110
lib/fnmatch.in.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/* Substitute for and wrapper around <fnmatch.h>.
Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2001-2003, 2005, 2007, 2009-2023 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
@PRAGMA_SYSTEM_HEADER@
#endif
@PRAGMA_COLUMNS@
/* The include_next requires a split double-inclusion guard. */
#if @HAVE_FNMATCH_H@ && !@REPLACE_FNMATCH@
# @INCLUDE_NEXT@ @NEXT_FNMATCH_H@
#endif
#ifndef _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
#define _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H
/* The definitions of _GL_FUNCDECL_RPL etc. are copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_ARG_NONNULL is copied here. */
/* The definition of _GL_WARN_ON_USE is copied here. */
#if !@HAVE_FNMATCH_H@ || @REPLACE_FNMATCH@
/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
(HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>. */
#undef FNM_PATHNAME
#undef FNM_NOESCAPE
#undef FNM_PERIOD
/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to 'fnmatch'. */
#define FNM_PATHNAME (1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match '/'. */
#define FNM_NOESCAPE (1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars. */
#define FNM_PERIOD (1 << 2) /* Leading '.' is matched only explicitly. */
#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
# define FNM_FILE_NAME FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name. */
# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3) /* Ignore '/...' after a match. */
# define FNM_CASEFOLD (1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case. */
# define FNM_EXTMATCH (1 << 5) /* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
#endif
/* Value returned by 'fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN. */
#define FNM_NOMATCH 1
/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
'fnmatch'. Since this is not the case here it will never be
returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
to be defined. */
#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
# define FNM_NOSYS (-1)
#endif
#endif
#if @GNULIB_FNMATCH@
/* Match NAME against the file name pattern PATTERN,
returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not. */
# if @REPLACE_FNMATCH@
# if !(defined __cplusplus && defined GNULIB_NAMESPACE)
# define fnmatch rpl_fnmatch
# endif
_GL_FUNCDECL_RPL (fnmatch, int,
(const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
_GL_CXXALIAS_RPL (fnmatch, int,
(const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags));
# else
# if !@HAVE_FNMATCH@
_GL_FUNCDECL_SYS (fnmatch, int,
(const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags)
_GL_ARG_NONNULL ((1, 2)));
# endif
_GL_CXXALIAS_SYS (fnmatch, int,
(const char *pattern, const char *name, int flags));
# endif
# if !GNULIB_FNMATCH_GNU && __GLIBC__ >= 2
_GL_CXXALIASWARN (fnmatch);
# endif
#elif defined GNULIB_POSIXCHECK
# undef fnmatch
# if HAVE_RAW_DECL_FNMATCH
_GL_WARN_ON_USE (fnmatch,
"fnmatch does not portably work - "
"use gnulib module fnmatch for portability or gnulib module fnmatch-gnu for a glibc compatible implementation");
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H */
#endif /* _@GUARD_PREFIX@_FNMATCH_H */

1211
lib/fnmatch_loop.c Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

108
lib/fpucw.h Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
/* Manipulating the FPU control word. -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#ifndef _FPUCW_H
#define _FPUCW_H
/* The i386 floating point hardware (the 387 compatible FPU, not the modern
SSE/SSE2 hardware) has a controllable rounding precision. It is specified
through the 'PC' bits in the FPU control word ('fctrl' register). (See
the GNU libc i386 <fpu_control.h> header for details.)
On some platforms, such as Linux or Solaris, the default precision setting
is set to "extended precision". This means that 'long double' instructions
operate correctly, but 'double' computations often produce slightly
different results as on strictly IEEE 754 conforming systems.
On some platforms, such as NetBSD, the default precision is set to
"double precision". This means that 'long double' instructions will operate
only as 'double', i.e. lead to wrong results. Similarly on FreeBSD 6.4, at
least for the division of 'long double' numbers.
The FPU control word is under control of the application, i.e. it is
not required to be set either way by the ABI. (In fact, the i386 ABI
https://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/abi386-4.pdf page 3-12 = page 38
is not clear about it. But in any case, gcc treats the control word
like a "preserved" register: it emits code that assumes that the control
word is preserved across calls, and it restores the control word at the
end of functions that modify it.)
See Vincent Lefèvre's page https://www.vinc17.net/research/extended.en.html
for a good explanation.
See https://web.archive.org/web/20060905133417/http://www.uwsg.iu.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0103.0/0453.html
some argumentation which setting should be the default. */
/* This header file provides the following facilities:
fpucw_t integral type holding the value of 'fctrl'
FPU_PC_MASK bit mask denoting the precision control
FPU_PC_DOUBLE precision control for 53 bits mantissa
FPU_PC_EXTENDED precision control for 64 bits mantissa
GET_FPUCW () yields the current FPU control word
SET_FPUCW (word) sets the FPU control word
DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING variable declaration for
BEGIN/END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING () starts a sequence of instructions with
'long double' safe operation precision
END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING () ends a sequence of instructions with
'long double' safe operation precision
*/
/* Inline assembler like this works only with GNU C and clang. */
#if (defined __i386__ || defined __x86_64__) && (defined __GNUC__ || defined __clang__)
typedef unsigned short fpucw_t; /* glibc calls this fpu_control_t */
# define FPU_PC_MASK 0x0300
# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0x200 /* glibc calls this _FPU_DOUBLE */
# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0x300 /* glibc calls this _FPU_EXTENDED */
# define GET_FPUCW() __extension__ \
({ fpucw_t _cw; \
__asm__ __volatile__ ("fnstcw %0" : "=m" (*&_cw)); \
_cw; \
})
# define SET_FPUCW(word) __extension__ \
(void)({ fpucw_t _ncw = (word); \
__asm__ __volatile__ ("fldcw %0" : : "m" (*&_ncw)); \
})
# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING \
fpucw_t oldcw;
# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
(void)(oldcw = GET_FPUCW (), \
SET_FPUCW ((oldcw & ~FPU_PC_MASK) | FPU_PC_EXTENDED))
# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING() \
SET_FPUCW (oldcw)
#else
typedef unsigned int fpucw_t;
# define FPU_PC_MASK 0
# define FPU_PC_DOUBLE 0
# define FPU_PC_EXTENDED 0
# define GET_FPUCW() 0
# define SET_FPUCW(word) (void)(word)
# define DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
# define BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
# define END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING()
#endif
#endif /* _FPUCW_H */

53
lib/free.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/* Make free() preserve errno.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Paul Eggert */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* A function definition is only needed if HAVE_FREE_POSIX is not defined. */
#if !HAVE_FREE_POSIX
# include <errno.h>
void
rpl_free (void *p)
# undef free
{
# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __clang__
/* An invalid GCC optimization
<https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=98396>
would optimize away the assignments in the code below, when link-time
optimization (LTO) is enabled. Make the code more complicated, so that
GCC does not grok how to optimize it. */
int err[2];
err[0] = errno;
err[1] = errno;
errno = 0;
free (p);
errno = err[errno == 0];
# else
int err = errno;
free (p);
errno = err;
# endif
}
#endif

168
lib/frexp.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
/* Split a double into fraction and mantissa.
Copyright (C) 2007-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paolo Bonzini <bonzini@gnu.org>, 2003, and
Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2007. */
#if ! defined USE_LONG_DOUBLE
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include <math.h>
#include <float.h>
#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
# include "isnanl-nolibm.h"
# include "fpucw.h"
#else
# include "isnand-nolibm.h"
#endif
/* This file assumes FLT_RADIX = 2. If FLT_RADIX is a power of 2 greater
than 2, or not even a power of 2, some rounding errors can occur, so that
then the returned mantissa is only guaranteed to be <= 1.0, not < 1.0. */
#ifdef USE_LONG_DOUBLE
# define FUNC frexpl
# define DOUBLE long double
# define ISNAN isnanl
# define DECL_ROUNDING DECL_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING
# define BEGIN_ROUNDING() BEGIN_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
# define END_ROUNDING() END_LONG_DOUBLE_ROUNDING ()
# define L_(literal) literal##L
#else
# define FUNC frexp
# define DOUBLE double
# define ISNAN isnand
# define DECL_ROUNDING
# define BEGIN_ROUNDING()
# define END_ROUNDING()
# define L_(literal) literal
#endif
DOUBLE
FUNC (DOUBLE x, int *expptr)
{
int sign;
int exponent;
DECL_ROUNDING
/* Test for NaN, infinity, and zero. */
if (ISNAN (x) || x + x == x)
{
*expptr = 0;
return x;
}
sign = 0;
if (x < 0)
{
x = - x;
sign = -1;
}
BEGIN_ROUNDING ();
{
/* Since the exponent is an 'int', it fits in 64 bits. Therefore the
loops are executed no more than 64 times. */
DOUBLE pow2[64]; /* pow2[i] = 2^2^i */
DOUBLE powh[64]; /* powh[i] = 2^-2^i */
int i;
exponent = 0;
if (x >= L_(1.0))
{
/* A positive exponent. */
DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
/* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
x * 2^exponent = argument, x >= 1.0. */
for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
;
i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
{
if (x >= pow2_i)
{
exponent += (1 << i);
x *= powh_i;
}
else
break;
pow2[i] = pow2_i;
powh[i] = powh_i;
}
/* Avoid making x too small, as it could become a denormalized
number and thus lose precision. */
while (i > 0 && x < pow2[i - 1])
{
i--;
powh_i = powh[i];
}
exponent += (1 << i);
x *= powh_i;
/* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0. */
}
else
{
/* A negative or zero exponent. */
DOUBLE pow2_i; /* = pow2[i] */
DOUBLE powh_i; /* = powh[i] */
/* Invariants: pow2_i = 2^2^i, powh_i = 2^-2^i,
x * 2^exponent = argument, x < 1.0. */
for (i = 0, pow2_i = L_(2.0), powh_i = L_(0.5);
;
i++, pow2_i = pow2_i * pow2_i, powh_i = powh_i * powh_i)
{
if (x < powh_i)
{
exponent -= (1 << i);
x *= pow2_i;
}
else
break;
pow2[i] = pow2_i;
powh[i] = powh_i;
}
/* Here 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0. */
}
/* Invariants: x * 2^exponent = argument, and 2^-2^i <= x < 1.0. */
while (i > 0)
{
i--;
if (x < powh[i])
{
exponent -= (1 << i);
x *= pow2[i];
}
}
/* Here 0.5 <= x < 1.0. */
}
if (sign < 0)
x = - x;
END_ROUNDING ();
*expptr = exponent;
return x;
}

35
lib/frexpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
/* Split a 'long double' into fraction and mantissa.
Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
#if HAVE_SAME_LONG_DOUBLE_AS_DOUBLE
/* Specification. */
# include <math.h>
long double
frexpl (long double x, int *expptr)
{
return frexp (x, expptr);
}
#else
# define USE_LONG_DOUBLE
# include "frexp.c"
#endif

94
lib/fstat.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/* fstat() replacement.
Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstat doesn't recurse to
rpl_fstat. */
#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
#include <config.h>
/* Get the original definition of fstat. It might be defined as a macro. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
# define WINDOWS_NATIVE
#endif
#if !defined WINDOWS_NATIVE
static int
orig_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
{
return fstat (fd, buf);
}
#endif
/* Specification. */
#ifdef __osf__
/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
above. */
# include "sys/stat.h"
#else
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#include "stat-time.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# if GNULIB_MSVC_NOTHROW
# include "msvc-nothrow.h"
# else
# include <io.h>
# endif
# include "stat-w32.h"
#endif
int
rpl_fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
{
#if REPLACE_FCHDIR && REPLACE_OPEN_DIRECTORY
/* Handle the case when rpl_open() used a dummy file descriptor to work
around an open() that can't normally visit directories. */
const char *name = _gl_directory_name (fd);
if (name != NULL)
return stat (name, buf);
#endif
#ifdef WINDOWS_NATIVE
/* Fill the fields ourselves, because the original fstat function returns
values for st_atime, st_mtime, st_ctime that depend on the current time
zone. See
<https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2017-04/msg00134.html> */
HANDLE h = (HANDLE) _get_osfhandle (fd);
if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
errno = EBADF;
return -1;
}
return _gl_fstat_by_handle (h, NULL, buf);
#else
return stat_time_normalize (orig_fstat (fd, buf), buf);
#endif
}

148
lib/fstatat.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
/* Work around an fstatat bug on Solaris 9.
Copyright (C) 2006, 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering. */
/* If the user's config.h happens to include <sys/stat.h>, let it include only
the system's <sys/stat.h> here, so that orig_fstatat doesn't recurse to
rpl_fstatat. */
#define __need_system_sys_stat_h
#include <config.h>
/* Get the original definition of fstatat. It might be defined as a macro. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#undef __need_system_sys_stat_h
#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
static int
orig_fstatat (int fd, char const *filename, struct stat *buf, int flags)
{
return fstatat (fd, filename, buf, flags);
}
#endif
#ifdef __osf__
/* Write "sys/stat.h" here, not <sys/stat.h>, otherwise OSF/1 5.1 DTK cc
eliminates this include because of the preliminary #include <sys/stat.h>
above. */
# include "sys/stat.h"
#else
# include <sys/stat.h>
#endif
#include "stat-time.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG
# ifndef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
# define LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK 0
# endif
static int
normal_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
{
return stat_time_normalize (orig_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag), st);
}
/* fstatat should always follow symbolic links that end in /, but on
Solaris 9 it doesn't if AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW is specified.
Likewise, trailing slash on a non-directory should be an error.
These are the same problems that lstat.c and stat.c address, so
solve it in a similar way.
AIX 7.1 fstatat (AT_FDCWD, ..., 0) always fails, which is a bug.
Work around this bug if FSTATAT_AT_FDCWD_0_BROKEN is nonzero. */
int
rpl_fstatat (int fd, char const *file, struct stat *st, int flag)
{
int result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag);
size_t len;
if (LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK || result != 0)
return result;
len = strlen (file);
if (flag & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW)
{
/* Fix lstat behavior. */
if (file[len - 1] != '/' || S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
return 0;
if (!S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
result = normal_fstatat (fd, file, st, flag & ~AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW);
}
/* Fix stat behavior. */
if (result == 0 && !S_ISDIR (st->st_mode) && file[len - 1] == '/')
{
errno = ENOTDIR;
return -1;
}
return result;
}
#else /* ! (HAVE_FSTATAT && HAVE_WORKING_FSTATAT_ZERO_FLAG) */
/* On mingw, the gnulib <sys/stat.h> defines 'stat' as a function-like
macro; but using it in AT_FUNC_F2 causes compilation failure
because the preprocessor sees a use of a macro that requires two
arguments but is only given one. Hence, we need an inline
forwarder to get past the preprocessor. */
static int
stat_func (char const *name, struct stat *st)
{
return stat (name, st);
}
/* Likewise, if there is no native 'lstat', then the gnulib
<sys/stat.h> defined it as stat, which also needs adjustment. */
# if !HAVE_LSTAT
# undef lstat
# define lstat stat_func
# endif
/* Replacement for Solaris' function by the same name.
<https://www.google.com/search?q=fstatat+site:docs.oracle.com>
First, try to simulate it via l?stat ("/proc/self/fd/FD/FILE").
Failing that, simulate it via save_cwd/fchdir/(stat|lstat)/restore_cwd.
If either the save_cwd or the restore_cwd fails (relatively unlikely),
then give a diagnostic and exit nonzero.
Otherwise, this function works just like Solaris' fstatat. */
# define AT_FUNC_NAME fstatat
# define AT_FUNC_F1 lstat
# define AT_FUNC_F2 stat_func
# define AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW
# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS , struct stat *st, int flag
# define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS , st
# include "at-func.c"
# undef AT_FUNC_NAME
# undef AT_FUNC_F1
# undef AT_FUNC_F2
# undef AT_FUNC_USE_F1_COND
# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
# undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
#endif /* !HAVE_FSTATAT */

37
lib/futimens.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/* Set the access and modification time of an open fd.
Copyright (C) 2009-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* written by Eric Blake */
#include <config.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "utimens.h"
/* Set the access and modification timestamps of FD to be
TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
Fail with ENOSYS on systems without futimes (or equivalent).
If TIMESPEC is null, set the timestamps to the current time.
Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure. */
int
futimens (int fd, struct timespec const times[2])
{
/* fdutimens also works around bugs in native futimens, when running
with glibc compiled against newer headers but on a Linux kernel
older than 2.6.32. */
return fdutimens (fd, NULL, times);
}

127
lib/getcwd-lgpl.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/* Copyright (C) 2011-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of gnulib.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification */
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if GNULIB_GETCWD
/* Favor GPL getcwd.c if both getcwd and getcwd-lgpl modules are in use. */
typedef int dummy;
#else
/* Get the name of the current working directory, and put it in SIZE
bytes of BUF. Returns NULL if the directory couldn't be determined
(perhaps because the absolute name was longer than PATH_MAX, or
because of missing read/search permissions on parent directories)
or SIZE was too small. If successful, returns BUF. If BUF is
NULL, an array is allocated with 'malloc'; the array is SIZE bytes
long, unless SIZE == 0, in which case it is as big as
necessary. */
# undef getcwd
# if defined _WIN32 && !defined __CYGWIN__
# define getcwd _getcwd
# endif
char *
rpl_getcwd (char *buf, size_t size)
{
char *ptr;
char *result;
/* Handle single size operations. */
if (buf)
{
if (!size)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
return getcwd (buf, size);
}
if (size)
{
buf = malloc (size);
if (!buf)
{
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
result = getcwd (buf, size);
if (!result)
free (buf);
return result;
}
/* Flexible sizing requested. Avoid over-allocation for the common
case of a name that fits within a 4k page, minus some space for
local variables, to be sure we don't skip over a guard page. */
{
char tmp[4032];
size = sizeof tmp;
ptr = getcwd (tmp, size);
if (ptr)
{
result = strdup (ptr);
if (!result)
errno = ENOMEM;
return result;
}
if (errno != ERANGE)
return NULL;
}
/* My what a large directory name we have. */
do
{
size <<= 1;
ptr = realloc (buf, size);
if (ptr == NULL)
{
free (buf);
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
buf = ptr;
result = getcwd (buf, size);
}
while (!result && errno == ERANGE);
if (!result)
free (buf);
else
{
/* Here result == buf. */
/* Shrink result before returning it. */
size_t actual_size = strlen (result) + 1;
if (actual_size < size)
{
char *shrinked_result = realloc (result, actual_size);
if (shrinked_result != NULL)
result = shrinked_result;
}
}
return result;
}
#endif

147
lib/getdelim.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/* getdelim.c --- Implementation of replacement getdelim function.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1996-1998, 2001, 2003, 2005-2023 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* Ported from glibc by Simon Josefsson. */
/* Don't use __attribute__ __nonnull__ in this compilation unit. Otherwise gcc
optimizes away the lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL tests below. */
#define _GL_ARG_NONNULL(params)
#include <config.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
# define SSIZE_MAX ((ssize_t) (SIZE_MAX / 2))
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#elif !HAVE_FLOCKFILE || !HAVE_FUNLOCKFILE || !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef flockfile
# undef funlockfile
# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc(fp)
#else
# define getc_maybe_unlocked(fp) getc_unlocked(fp)
#endif
static void
alloc_failed (void)
{
#if defined _WIN32 && ! defined __CYGWIN__
/* Avoid errno problem without using the realloc module; see:
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-gnulib/2016-08/msg00025.html */
errno = ENOMEM;
#endif
}
/* Read up to (and including) a DELIMITER from FP into *LINEPTR (and
NUL-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from malloc (or
NULL), pointing to *N characters of space. It is realloc'ed as
necessary. Returns the number of characters read (not including
the null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF. */
ssize_t
getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *fp)
{
ssize_t result;
size_t cur_len = 0;
if (lineptr == NULL || n == NULL || fp == NULL)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return -1;
}
flockfile (fp);
if (*lineptr == NULL || *n == 0)
{
char *new_lineptr;
*n = 120;
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, *n);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
alloc_failed ();
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
}
for (;;)
{
int i;
i = getc_maybe_unlocked (fp);
if (i == EOF)
{
result = -1;
break;
}
/* Make enough space for len+1 (for final NUL) bytes. */
if (cur_len + 1 >= *n)
{
size_t needed_max =
SSIZE_MAX < SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) SSIZE_MAX + 1 : SIZE_MAX;
size_t needed = 2 * *n + 1; /* Be generous. */
char *new_lineptr;
if (needed_max < needed)
needed = needed_max;
if (cur_len + 1 >= needed)
{
result = -1;
errno = EOVERFLOW;
goto unlock_return;
}
new_lineptr = (char *) realloc (*lineptr, needed);
if (new_lineptr == NULL)
{
alloc_failed ();
result = -1;
goto unlock_return;
}
*lineptr = new_lineptr;
*n = needed;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = i;
cur_len++;
if (i == delimiter)
break;
}
(*lineptr)[cur_len] = '\0';
result = cur_len ? cur_len : result;
unlock_return:
funlockfile (fp); /* doesn't set errno */
return result;
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more